Page 1
Image_9_0
aji

Page 2
Copyright
Copyright © 2017 YEALINK(XIAMEN) NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
Copyright © 2017 Yealink(Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. All rights reserved. No parts of this
publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, for any purpose, without the express written permission of
Yealink(Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. Under the law, reproducing includes translating into
another language or format.
When this publication is made available on media, Yealink(Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. gives
its consent to downloading and printing copies of the content provided in this file only for private use
but not for redistribution. No parts of this publication may be subject to alteration, modification or
commercial use. Yealink(Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. will not be liable for any damages arising
from use of an illegally modified or altered publication.
Warranty
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS GUIDE ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS
GUIDE ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF PRODUCTS.
YEALINK(XIAMEN) NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH
REGARD TO THIS GUIDE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Yealink(Xiamen) Network Technology
CO., LTD. shall not be liable for errors contained herein nor for incidental or consequential damages in
connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this guide.
Declaration of Conformity
Hereby, Yealink(Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. declares that this phone is in conformity with
Image_14_0
the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of the CE, FCC.
You can find the CE and FCC information from the label on the back of the IP phone.
Statements of compliance can be obtained by contacting support@yealink.com.
CE Mark Warning
This device is marked with the CE mark in compliance with EC Directives 2014/35/EU and 2014/30/EU.
Part 15 FCC Rules
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

Page 3
2. this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Industry Canada (IC)
This Class [B] digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003 and ICCS-03 Part V Rules
Class B Digital Device or Peripheral
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
1. Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
2. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
3. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
4. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
WEEE Warning
To avoid the potential effects on the environment and human health as a result of the presence of
Image_18_0
hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, end users of electrical and electronic
equipment should understand the meaning of the crossed-out wheeled bin symbol. Do not dispose
of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste and have to collect such WEEE separately.
Customer Feedback
We are striving to improve our documentation quality and we appreciate your feedback. Email your
opinions and comments to DocsFeedback@yealink.com.

Page 4
GNU GPL INFORMATION
Yealink SIP-T46S IP phone firmware contains third-party software under the GNU General Public License (GPL). Yealink
uses software under the specific terms of the GPL. Please refer to the GPL for the exact terms and conditions of the
license.
The original GPL license, source code of components licensed under GPL and used in Yealink products can be
downloaded online:
http://www.yealink.com/GPLOpenSource.aspx?BaseInfoCateId=293&NewsCateId=293&CateId=293.

Page 5
About This Guide
About This Guide
First, verify with your
be sure to read
and use
This Guide
Summary of Changes
Changes for Release 8
__rendered_path__3
Note
In
Thank you for choosing the SIP-T46S IP phone, an ultra-elegant Gigabit IP phone which is
exquisitely designed to provide business telephony features, such as Call Hold, Call Transfer,
Busy Lamp Field, Multicast Paging and Conference over an IP network.
This guide provides everything you need to quickly use your new phone.
system administrator that the IP network is ready for phone configuration. Also
the Packaging Contents and Regulatory Notices sections in this guide before you set up
the SIP-T46S IP phone.
Network Directory and Network Call Log features are hidden for IP phones in neutral firmware
version, which are designed for the BroadWorks environment. Please contact your system
administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__151
__rendered_path__152
Topics provided in this guide include:
Chapter 1
Overview
Chapter 2
Getting Started
Chapter 3
Customizing Your Phone
Chapter 4
Basic Call Features
Chapter 5
Advanced Phone Features
This section describes the changes to this guide for each release and guide version.
1, Guide Version 81.70
The following section is new:
P
arking
a Call/
Retriev
ing
a Parked Call to
the Monitored U
ser
on page
168
Major updates have occurred to the following sections:
Entering Data and Editing Fields
on page on page
36
Configuring an Access URL
on page
76
DSS Keys
on page
89
v

Page 6
ickup
on page
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Auto Answer
on page
121
Do Not Disturb (DND)
on page
128
Call Forward
on page
133
Call Park
/
Retrieve
on page
148
Configuring
V
isual
and
A
udio
A
lert
for BLF
P
ickup
on page
162
Receiving RTP Stream
on page
188
BLF Ring Type is moved to Configuring Visual and Audio Alert for BLF P
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.20
Major updates have occurred to the following sections:
Wallpaper
on page
39
Screen Saver
on page
41
vi
162.

Page 7
Table of Contents
__rendered_path__3
Table of Contents
About This Guide
................................
................................
...........
v
In This Guide
................................
................................
................................
................................
..............................
v
Summary of Chang
es
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............
v
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.70
................................
................................
..........................
v
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.20
................................
................................
.........................
vi
Table of Contents
................................
................................
.........
vii
Overview
................................
................................
.........................
1
Hardware Component I
nstructions
................................
................................
................................
..................
1
Icon Instructions
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......................
3
Feature Status Icons
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
3
Line Key
Icons
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
4
Other Icons
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
8
LED Instructions
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
9
User Interfaces ....................................................................................................................................................... 11
Phone User Interface
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
12
Web User Interface........................................................................................................................................... 12
Documentations
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
15
Getting Started
................................
................................
.............
17
Packaging Co
ntents
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............
17
Optional Accessories
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
18
Phone Installation
................................
................................
................................
................................
.................
20
Network Co
nnection
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
23
Connecting to the Wired Network............................................................................................................. 24
Connecting to the Wireless Network
................................
................................
................................
........
24
Phone Initialization
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............
24
Phone St
atus
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
25
Basic Network Settings
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
26
Wireless Network Settings ................................................................................................................................ 28
Activating the Wi
-
Fi Mode
................................
................................
................................
............................
29
Connecting to the Wireless Network
................................
................................
................................
........
29
Viewing the Wireless Network Information ........................................................................................... 32
Managing the Saved Wireless Network
................................
................................
................................
...
33
Disconnecting the Wireless Network Connection
................................
................................
...............
34
vii

Page 8
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Deactivating the Wi
-
Fi Mode
................................
................................
................................
.......................
34
Registration
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
34
Idle Screen ............................................................................................................................................................... 35
Entering Data and Editing Fields..................................................................................................................... 36
Customizing Your Phone
................................
.............................
39
General Settings .................................................................................................................................................... 39
Wallpaper
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
39
Screen Saver........................................................................................................................................................ 41
Power Saving
................................
................................
................................
................................
......................
43
Backlight
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
46
Contrast ................................................................................................................................................................ 47
Language.............................................................................................................................................................. 47
Time & Date
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
48
Administrator Pa
ssword
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
50
Key As Send ........................................................................................................................................................ 51
Phone Lock
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
52
Audio Settings
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
55
Volume
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
..
55
Ring Tones
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
56
Key Tone
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
58
Contact Management ......................................................................................................................................... 59
Directory
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
59
Local Directory
................................
................................
................................
................................
...................
61
Blacklist ................................................................................................................................................................. 74
Remote Phone Book
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
76
Call Histo
ry Management
................................
................................
................................
................................
..
78
Viewing History Records
................................
................................
................................
................................
78
Placing a Call from History Records
................................
................................
................................
..........
79
Adding a Contact to the Local Directory/Blacklist
................................
................................
...............
79
Deleting History Records
................................
................................
................................
...............................
79
Disa
bling History Record
................................
................................
................................
...............................
80
Search Source List in Dialing ............................................................................................................................ 80
System Customizations....................................................................................................................................... 82
Headse
t Use
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
82
Bluetooth Headset............................................................................................................................................ 84
DSS Keys
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
89
Account Management
................................
................................
................................
................................
..
103
Dial Pla
n
................................
................................
................................
................................
..............................
106
Emergency Number
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
112
Live Dialpad
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......................
113
Hotline
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
113
viii

Page 9
Table of Contents
__rendered_path__3
Basic Call Features
................................
................................
......
115
Placing
Calls
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
115
Answering Calls
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
118
Ending Calls
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
119
Redialing Numb
ers
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............
119
Recent Call In Dialing
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
119
Auto Answer
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
121
Auto Redial
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
122
Call Completion
................................
................................
................................
................................
...................
123
ReCall
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
12
5
Call Mute
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
125
Muting a Call
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
126
Muting While Dialing
................................
................................
................................
................................
....
126
Call H
old/Resume
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............
127
Do Not Disturb (DND)
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
128
Call Forward
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
133
Static Forwarding
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
133
Dynamic Fo
rwarding
................................
................................
................................
................................
.....
141
Call Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
141
Blind Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
142
Semi
-
attended Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
143
Attended Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........
144
Call Waiting
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
144
Conference
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
145
Local Conference
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
145
Network Co
nference
................................
................................
................................
................................
......
147
Call Park/Retrieve
................................
................................
................................
................................
................
148
FAC Mode
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
149
Transfer Mode
................................
................................
................................
................................
..................
152
Call Pickup
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
153
Directed Call Pickup
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
154
Group Call Pickup
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........
156
Anonymous Call
................................
................................
................................
................................
..................
158
Anonymous Ca
ll Rejection
................................
................................
................................
..............................
159
Advanced Phone Features
................................
.........................
161
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
161
Config
uring the BLF Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
.....................
161
Using BLF Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
................................
.........
166
BLF List
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
....
168
Call Recording
................................
................................
................................
................................
......................
170
Recording Us
ing a USB Flash Drive
................................
................................
................................
.........
171
ix

Page 10
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Recording Using a Record Key
................................
................................
................................
..................
176
Hot Desking
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
179
Intercom
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
180
Configuring the Intercom Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
..........
181
Using Intercom
................................
................................
................................
................................
................
183
Multicast Paging
................................
................................
................................
................................
..................
184
Sending RT
P Stream
................................
................................
................................
................................
......
184
Receiving RTP Stream
................................
................................
................................
................................
...
188
Using Multicast Paging
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
190
Music on Hold
................................
................................
................................
................................
......................
191
Automatic Call
Distribution (ACD)
................................
................................
................................
...............
192
Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
................................
................................
................................
.......................
194
Configuring SCA Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
...........................
195
Using SCA Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
................................
........
201
Bridged Lines Appearance (BLA)
................................
................................
................................
...................
207
Configurin
g
BLA
Feature
on the IP Phone
................................
................................
............................
208
Using BLA Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
................................
.........
211
Messages
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
213
Short Message Serv
ice (SMS)
................................
................................
................................
.....................
213
Voice Mail
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
215
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI)
................................
................................
................................
...........
217
Regulatory Notices
................................
................................
....
221
Service Agreements
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........
221
Limitations of
Liability
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
221
Safety Instructions
................................
................................
................................
................................
..............
221
Appendix
................................
................................
.....................
223
Appendix A
Time Zones
................................
................................
................................
................................
223
Appendix B
Menu Structure
................................
................................
................................
........................
225
Index
................................
................................
...........................
227
x

Page 11
Overview
__rendered_path__3
Overview
__rendered_path__70
This chapter provides the overview of the SIP-T46S IP phone. Topics include:
Hardware Component
Instructions
Icon Instructions
LED Instructions
User Interface
s
Documentations
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
Hardware Component Instructions
The main hardware components of the SIP-T46S IP phone are the LCD screen and the keypad.
Image_458_0
1

Page 12
User Guide for the SIP
T46S IP Phone
Hardware component instructions of the SIP
LED
Speakerphone Key
__rendered_path__5
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__34
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__78
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__105
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__130
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__138
2
__rendered_path__30
-
__rendered_path__31
Item
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__30
LCD Screen
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__32
Power Indicator
__rendered_path__34
Line Keys
__rendered_path__31
HEADSET Key
__rendered_path__30
MUTE Key
__rendered_path__32
MESSAGE Key
__rendered_path__78
HOLD Key
__rendered_path__31
REDIAL Key
__rendered_path__30
TRANSFER Key
__rendered_path__32
Volume Key
__rendered_path__105
Keypad
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__32
__rendered_path__130
Soft Keys
__rendered_path__31
Speaker
__rendered_path__30
Hookswitch Tab
-T46S IP phone are:
__rendered_path__30
Description
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__33
Shows information about calls, messages, soft keys, time, date
__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30
and other relevant data:
__rendered_path__30
• Default account
__rendered_path__34
• Call information—caller ID, call duration
__rendered_path__34
• Icons (for example, )
__rendered_path__30
• Missed call text or second incoming caller information
__rendered_path__33
• Prompt text (for example, "Saving config file!")
__rendered_path__30
• Time and date
__rendered_path__78Image_480_0
Indicates call status, message status and phone’s system
__rendered_path__78
status
• Receives an incoming call
.
Fast
-
flashing
__rendered_path__30
• Receives a voice mail or text message—Slow-flashing
__rendered_path__33
Use these keys to activate up to sixteen accounts and assign
__rendered_path__30
various features.
__rendered_path__105
Toggles and indicates the headset mode.
__rendered_path__105
Toggles and indicates mute feature.
__rendered_path__30
Accesses voice messages.
__rendered_path__33
Places a call on hold or resumes a held call.
__rendered_path__30
Redials a previously dialed number.
__rendered_path__130
Transfers a call to another party.
__rendered_path__130
Toggles and indicates the hands-free (speakerphone) mode.
__rendered_path__30
The key LED illuminates solid green when hands-free
__rendered_path__33
(speakerphone) mode is activated.
__rendered_path__30
Adjusts the volume of the handset, headset, speaker, ringer or
__rendered_path__138
media.
__rendered_path__138
Provides the digits, letters and special characters in
__rendered_path__30
context-sensitive applications.
__rendered_path__33
Scroll through the displayed information.
__rendered_path__30
Confirms actions or answers incoming calls.
__rendered_path__138
Cancels actions or rejects incoming calls.
__rendered_path__138
Label automatically to identify their context-sensitive features.
__rendered_path__30
Provides hands-free (speakerphone) audio output.
__rendered_path__33
Secures the handset in the handset cradle when the IP phone
__rendered_path__30
is mounted vertically. For more information on how to adjust
__rendered_path__155
the hookswitch tab, refer to Yealink Wall Mount Quick
__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__138__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__138__rendered_path__138__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__164__rendered_path__164__rendered_path__164__rendered_path__164__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__208__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__253__rendered_path__253__rendered_path__253__rendered_path__253__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__262__rendered_path__262__rendered_path__262__rendered_path__262__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__281__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__281__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__281__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__281__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30Image_472_0Image_474_0Image_476_0Image_478_0Image_482_0Image_484_0
Installation Guide for
Yealink
IP Phones
.

Page 13
Icons appearing on the status bar are described in the
__rendered_path__3
Item
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__17
Hookswitch
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__17
Icon Instructions
__rendered_path__18
Feature Status Icons
__rendered_path__17
Icons
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__17
Overview
__rendered_path__19
Description
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__17
• Picking up the handset from the handset cradle, the
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__20
hookswitch bounces and the phone connects to the line.
__rendered_path__17
• Laying the handset down on the handset cradle, the phone
__rendered_path__17
disconnects from the line.
__rendered_path__21
following table:
__rendered_path__21
Description
__rendered_path__19
Network is unavailable
__rendered_path__17
Hands-free (speakerphone) mode
__rendered_path__20
Handset mode
__rendered_path__17
Headset mode
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__38
Voice Mail
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__38
Text Message
__rendered_path__20
Auto Answer
__rendered_path__17
Do Not Disturb (DND)
__rendered_path__17
Keep Mute
__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__57
Ringer volume is 0
__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__17
Phone Lock
__rendered_path__58
Missed Calls
__rendered_path__17
Call Forward
__rendered_path__17
Recording starts successfully (Using a USB flash drive)
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17Image_487_0Image_489_0Image_491_0Image_493_0Image_495_0Image_497_0Image_499_0Image_480_0Image_501_0Image_503_0Image_505_0Image_506_0Image_508_0Image_510_0
3

Page 14
User Guide for the SIP
Line Key
Icons
Icon indicator
associated with line key features
__rendered_path__5
4
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__17
-T46S IP Phone
Icons
Image_513_0
Image_515_0
Image_517_0
Image_519_0
Image_521_0
(
__rendered_path__17
Icons
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__26Image_523_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__26Image_525_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__26Image_527_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__84Image_529_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__26Image_531_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__26Image_533_0
__rendered_path__17
Description
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__19
Recording is paused (Using a USB flash drive)
__rendered_path__17
Bluetooth mode is on
__rendered_path__17
Bluetooth headset is both paired and connected
__rendered_path__20
Wi-Fi connection is successful
__rendered_path__20
Wi-Fi connection failed
__rendered_path__17
)
__rendered_path__19
Description
__rendered_path__17
Hold/Public Hold
__rendered_path__26
Private Hold
__rendered_path__26
DND
__rendered_path__17
Voice Mail
__rendered_path__19
SMS
__rendered_path__17
Direct Pickup
__rendered_path__26
Group Pickup
__rendered_path__26
DTMF
__rendered_path__17
Prefix
__rendered_path__19
Local Group
__rendered_path__17
XML Group
__rendered_path__26
LDAP
__rendered_path__26
XML Browser
__rendered_path__17
Conference
__rendered_path__19
Forward
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__41__rendered_path__41__rendered_path__41__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17Image_535_0Image_537_0Image_539_0Image_541_0Image_543_0Image_545_0Image_547_0
Transfer

Page 15
Recording starts successfully (Record/URL Record)
associated with line
The shared/bridged line registers successfully
associated with call park/retrieve park
Call park idle state)
__rendered_path__3
Icons
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__21Image_550_0
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__27Image_552_0
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__31Image_554_0
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__39Image_556_0
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__14
Icons
__rendered_path__21Image_558_0
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__21Image_560_0
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__31Image_562_0
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__21Image_564_0
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__14
Icons
__rendered_path__21Image_566_0
__rendered_path__15
Description
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__14
ReCall
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__16
Record
__rendered_path__17
URL Record
__rendered_path__15
Multicast Paging
__rendered_path__14
Group Listening
__rendered_path__16
Paging List
__rendered_path__21
Hot Desking
__rendered_path__15
Zero Touch
__rendered_path__14
URL
__rendered_path__16
Phone Lock
__rendered_path__27
Directory
__rendered_path__15
Speed Dial
__rendered_path__14
)
__rendered_path__16
Description
__rendered_path__31
The private line registers successfully
__rendered_path__15
Registering
__rendered_path__14
Register failed
__rendered_path__16
DND is enabled on this line
__rendered_path__39
Call forward is enabled on this line
__rendered_path__15
)
__rendered_path__14
Description
__rendered_path__16
Call Park (Park successfully;
Overview
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__94__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14Image_568_0Image_570_0Image_572_0Image_574_0Image_576_0Image_578_0Image_580_0Image_582_0
5

Page 16
T46S IP Phone
associated with ACD
associated with i
associated with BLF/BLF List
User Guide for the SIP-
__rendered_path__5
Icons
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__17
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__25Image_585_0
Icon
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__25Image_587_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__25Image_589_0
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__17
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__17
Icons
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__47
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__51Image_591_0
__rendered_path__17
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__51Image_593_0
Icons
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__51Image_595_0
__rendered_path__17
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__51Image_597_0
__rendered_path__17
6
__rendered_path__51Image_599_0
__rendered_path__18
Description
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__17
Call Park (Park failed)
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__19
Call Park (Call park ringing state)
__rendered_path__17
Retrieve Park
__rendered_path__17
)
__rendered_path__20
Description
__rendered_path__20
Logged in the ACD system
__rendered_path__18
The ACD status is available
__rendered_path__17
The ACD state is Wrap up
__rendered_path__19
The ACD status is unavailable
__rendered_path__17
Log out of the ACD system
__rendered_path__25
ntercom)
__rendered_path__25
Description
__rendered_path__18
Intercom idle state
__rendered_path__17
Intercom ringing state
__rendered_path__19
Intercom callout/talking state
__rendered_path__17
Intercom failed state
__rendered_path__25
)
__rendered_path__25
Description
__rendered_path__18
BLF/BLF List idle state
__rendered_path__17
BLF/BLF list ringing state
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__41__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__70__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17Image_601_0Image_603_0Image_605_0Image_607_0Image_609_0Image_611_0Image_613_0
BLF/BLF list callout state

Page 17
Overview
__rendered_path__3
Icons
Description
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__14
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__14
BLF/BLF list talking state
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__14
BLF hold state
__rendered_path__16
__rendered_path__14
BLF list call park state
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__17
BLF/BLF List failed state
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__17
Icon indicator (associated with a shared line)
__rendered_path__14
The local SCA phone indicates the phone is involved in an SCA call, while the monitoring SCA
__rendered_path__15
phone indicates the phone is not involved in the SCA call.
__rendered_path__14
Icon
Description
__rendered_path__16
The shared line is idle.
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__17
The shared line is seized.
__rendered_path__17
(for monitoring SCA phone)
__rendered_path__17
The shared line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__15
The shared line is dialing.
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__16
The shared line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__27Image_616_0
The shared line conversation is placed on public
__rendered_path__27
hold.
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__14
(for local SCA phone)
The shared line conversation is placed on private
__rendered_path__15
hold.
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__16
(for monitoring SCA phone)
__rendered_path__14
The shared line conversation is barged in by the
__rendered_path__27Image_618_0
other shared line party.
__rendered_path__27
For a multi-party call, all the shared line parties
__rendered_path__27
participating in this call place the shared line
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__15
conversation on hold.
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__68__rendered_path__68__rendered_path__68__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14Image_620_0Image_622_0Image_572_0Image_624_0Image_626_0Image_628_0Image_630_0Image_632_0Image_634_0Image_630_0Image_543_0Image_636_0
7

Page 18
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Icon indicator (associated with a bridged line)
The local BLA phone indicates the phone is involved in a BLA call, while the monitoring BLA
phone indicates the phone is not involved in the BLA call.
__rendered_path__26
Icon
Description
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__26
The bridged line is idle.
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__26
The bridged line is seized.
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__28
(for monitoring BLA phone)
__rendered_path__26
The bridged line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__29
The bridged line is dialing.
__rendered_path__29
__rendered_path__29
The bridged line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__27
The bridged line conversation is placed on hold.
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__28
Other Icons
__rendered_path__26
Icon indicator (associated with call recording)
__rendered_path__33Image_639_0
Icon
Description
__rendered_path__33
Recording box is full (Using a record key)
__rendered_path__33
A call cannot be recorded (Using a record key)
__rendered_path__26
Recording starts successfully (Using a record
__rendered_path__27
key)
__rendered_path__26
Recording cannot be started (Using a record
__rendered_path__28
key)
__rendered_path__26
Recording cannot be stopped (Using a record
__rendered_path__41Image_641_0
key)
__rendered_path__41
Icon indicator (associated with call history)
__rendered_path__41
Icon
Description
__rendered_path__26
Received Calls
__rendered_path__27
8
__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26Image_643_0Image_628_0Image_630_0Image_632_0Image_645_0Image_647_0Image_649_0Image_651_0Image_653_0Image_655_0

Page 19
associated with contact
__rendered_path__3
Icon
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__14
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__21Image_658_0
Icon
__rendered_path__14
__rendered_path__25Image_660_0
__rendered_path__14
LED Instructions
__rendered_path__21Image_662_0
Power Indicator LED
__rendered_path__14
LED Status
__rendered_path__14
Solid red
__rendered_path__14
Fast-flashing red (300ms)
__rendered_path__14
Slow-flashing red (1s)
__rendered_path__17
Off
__rendered_path__14
Line key LED
__rendered_path__21Image_664_0
LED Status
__rendered_path__14
Solid green
__rendered_path__48Image_666_0
Fast-flashing green
__rendered_path__14
Slow-flashing green
__rendered_path__14
Off
__rendered_path__62
Overview
__rendered_path__15
Description
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__14
Placed Calls
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__16
Missed Calls
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__14
Forwarded Calls
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__14
)
__rendered_path__17
Description
__rendered_path__17
Contact icon
__rendered_path__15
The default caller photo
__rendered_path__14
Description
__rendered_path__16
The phone is initializing.
__rendered_path__14
The phone is ringing.
__rendered_path__21
The phone receives a voice mail or text message.
__rendered_path__21
The phone is powered off.
__rendered_path__15
The phone is idle.
__rendered_path__14
The phone is busy.
__rendered_path__16
The call is placed on hold or is held.
__rendered_path__14
The call is muted.
__rendered_path__25
Description
__rendered_path__25
The line is seized.
__rendered_path__15
The line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__14
The line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__16
The call is placed on hold.
__rendered_path__14
The line is inactive.
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__34__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62
9

Page 20
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Line key LED (configured as a BLF key or BLF List key)
__rendered_path__26
LED Status
Description
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__26
Solid green
The monitored user is idle.
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__27
Fast-flashing red (200ms)
The monitored user receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__26
The monitored user is busy.
__rendered_path__28
Solid red
The monitored user’s conversation is placed on hold
__rendered_path__26
(This LED status requires server support).
__rendered_path__26
Slow
-
flashing
red (1s)
The call is parked against the monitored user’s phone
number.
__rendered_path__29
Off
The monitored user does not exist.
__rendered_path__29
Line key LED (used as a page switch key)
__rendered_path__29
LED Status
Description
__rendered_path__26
Solid
red
There is a parked call
page.
on the line key of
the
non
-
current
__rendered_path__27
Fast
-
f
lashing green
The line receives an incoming call
non
-
current
page.
on the line key of
the
__rendered_path__26
Fast
-
f
lashing
red
The monitored user receives an incoming call
key of
the
non
-
current
page.
on the line
__rendered_path__28
Off
The line keys are idle.
__rendered_path__26
Line key LED (associated with a shared line)
__rendered_path__29
The local SCA phone indicates the phone is involved in an SCA call, while the monitoring SCA
__rendered_path__29
phone indicates the phone is not involved in the SCA call.
__rendered_path__29
LED Status
Description
__rendered_path__26
Off
The shared line is idle.
__rendered_path__27
Fast-flashing green
The shared line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__26
Solid green (for local SCA
The shared line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__28
phone)
The shared line is dialing.
__rendered_path__26
Solid red (for monitoring SCA
The shared line is seized.
__rendered_path__51
phone)
The shared line conversation is barged in by the other
shared line party.
__rendered_path__51
Slow-flashing green (for local
__rendered_path__51
SCA
Slow
phone)
-
flashing red
(for
The shared line conversation is placed on public hold.
__rendered_path__26
monitoring SCA phone)
__rendered_path__27
Slow-flashing green (for local
The shared line conversation is placed on private hold.
__rendered_path__26
SCA phone)
For a multi-party call, all the shared line parties
__rendered_path__28
Solid red (for monitoring SCA
participating in this call place the shared line
__rendered_path__26
phone)
conversation on hold.
__rendered_path__63
10
__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__143__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__143__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__143__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__154__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__143__rendered_path__143__rendered_path__143__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__170__rendered_path__170__rendered_path__170__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__193__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26

Page 21
Overview
__rendered_path__3
Line key LED (associated with a bridged line)
The local BLA phone indicates the phone is involved in a BLA call, while the monitoring BLA
phone indicates the phone is not involved in the BLA call.
__rendered_path__25
LED Status
Description
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25
Off
The bridged line is idle.
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__26
Fast-flashing green
The bridged line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__25
Solid green
phone)
(for local
BLA
The bridge
d
line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__27
Solid red (for monitoring BLA
The bridged line is dialing.
__rendered_path__25
phone)
The bridged line is seized.
__rendered_path__25
Slow-flashing green (for local
__rendered_path__28
BLA
Slow
phone)
-
f
lashing
red
(for
The bridge
d
line conversation is placed on hold.
__rendered_path__28
monitoring BLA phone)
__rendered_path__28
Note
The above introduces the default LED status. The statuses of the power indicator LED and BLF key
__rendered_path__25
LED are configurable via web user interface. You can also customize the BLF key LED status and
__rendered_path__26
BLF key behavior. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__25
User Interfaces
__rendered_path__27
Two ways to customize configurations of your SIP-T46S IP phone:
__rendered_path__25
T
he
u
ser
i
nterface on the IP phone.
__rendered_path__28
T
he
u
ser
i
nterface in a
web browser
on
your PC.
__rendered_path__28
The hardware components keypad and LCD screen constitute the phone user interface, which
__rendered_path__28
allows the user to execute all call operation tasks and basic configuration changes directly on
__rendered_path__25
the phone. In addition, you can use the web user interface to access all configuration settings. In
__rendered_path__26
many cases, it is possible to use either the phone user interface and/or the web user interface
__rendered_path__25
interchangeably. However, in some cases, it is only possible to use one or the other interface to
__rendered_path__27
operate the phone and change settings.
__rendered_path__25
__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__160__rendered_path__161
11

Page 22
User Guide for the SIP
Phone User Interface
Note
Web User Interface
Note
__rendered_path__5
12
-T46S IP Phone
You can customize your phone by pressing the Menu soft key to access the phone user
interface. The Advanced option is only accessible to the administrator, and the default
administrator password is admin (case-sensitive). For more information on customizing your
phone with the available options from the phone user interface, refer to Customizing Your
Phone on page 39.
For a better understanding of the menu structure, please refer to Appendix B Menu Structure
on page 225.
__rendered_path__202
__rendered_path__203
In addition to the phone user interface, you can also customize your phone via web user
interface. In order to access the web user interface, you need to know the IP address of your
new phone. To obtain the IP address, press the OK key on the phone when the phone is idle.
Enter the IP address (e.g., http://192.168.0.10 or 192.168.0.10 for IPv4;
http://[2005:1:1:1:215:65ff:fe64:6e0a] or [2005:1:1:1:215:65ff:fe64:6e0a] for IPv6) in the address
bar of a web browser on your PC. The default administrator user name and password are both
admin (case-sensitive).
The access to the Advanced settings of the Account or Network via web user interface may be
blocked by the web browser (e.g., Chrome, Firebox) if you have installed “Adblock Plus plugin”.
__rendered_path__195
The options you can use to customize the IP phone via phone user interface and/or via web user
__rendered_path__196
interface are listed in the following table:
__rendered_path__123
Options
Phone User Interface
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__111__rendered_path__112__rendered_path__123
Status
__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__124
--IPv4
__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__123
--MAC
__rendered_path__125
--Firmware
__rendered_path__123
--Network
__rendered_path__126
--Phone
__rendered_path__123
--Accounts
__rendered_path__123
Basic Phone Settings
__rendered_path__127
--Wallpaper
__rendered_path__127
--Screen Saver
__rendered_path__127
--Power Saving
x
__rendered_path__127
--Backlight
__rendered_path__123
--Contrast
×
__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__134__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__139__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__123
--Language

Page 23
Management
Search Source List in Dialing
Rejection
eature
s
__rendered_path__3
Options
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__18
--Time & Date
__rendered_path__18
--Administrator Password
__rendered_path__19
--Key As Send
__rendered_path__22
--Phone Lock
__rendered_path__18
-- Audio Settings
__rendered_path__19
--Ring Tones
__rendered_path__31
--Key Tone
__rendered_path__18
--Contact Management
__rendered_path__19
--Directory
__rendered_path__37
--Local Directory
__rendered_path__18
--Blacklist
__rendered_path__19
--Remote Phone Book
__rendered_path__31
--Call History
__rendered_path__18
--
__rendered_path__19
--Headset Use
__rendered_path__31
--Bluetooth Headset
__rendered_path__18
--DSS Keys
__rendered_path__19
--Account Registration
__rendered_path__31
--Dial Plan
__rendered_path__18
--Emergency Number
__rendered_path__19
--Live Dialpad
__rendered_path__31
--Hotline
__rendered_path__18
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__19
--Recent Call In Dialing
__rendered_path__31
--Auto Answer
__rendered_path__18
--Auto Redial
__rendered_path__19
--Call Completion
__rendered_path__37
-- ReCall
__rendered_path__18
--Do Not Disturb (DND)
__rendered_path__19
--Call Forward
__rendered_path__31
--Call Transfer
__rendered_path__18
--Call Waiting
__rendered_path__19
--Conference
__rendered_path__31
--Call Park
__rendered_path__18
--Call Pickup
__rendered_path__19
--Anonymous Call
__rendered_path__31
--Anonymous Call
__rendered_path__18
Advanced Phone F
__rendered_path__19
--Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
__rendered_path__31
--BLF List
__rendered_path__18
--Call Recording
Overview
__rendered_path__18
Phone User Interface
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__18
x
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__21
x
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__31
x
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__18
x
__rendered_path__18
x
__rendered_path__37
x
__rendered_path__37
__rendered_path__37
__rendered_path__18
x
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__18
x
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__20
x
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18
13

Page 24
User Guide for the SIP
Phone User Interface
ACD
Lines Appearance (BLA)
Note
eature options
Please refer to the rel
14
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__21
Options
__rendered_path__21
--Hot Desking
__rendered_path__25
--Intercom
__rendered_path__21
--Multicast Paging
__rendered_path__31
--Music on Hold
__rendered_path__21
--Automatic Call Distribution (
__rendered_path__37
--Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
__rendered_path__21
--Bridged
__rendered_path__31
--Messages
__rendered_path__21
SIP Account
__rendered_path__31
--User Options
__rendered_path__21
--Activation
__rendered_path__31
--Label
__rendered_path__21
--Display Name
__rendered_path__31
--Register Name
__rendered_path__21
--User Name
__rendered_path__31
--Password
__rendered_path__21
--Server Options
__rendered_path__37
--SIP Server 1/2
__rendered_path__21
--Register Port
__rendered_path__31
--Outbound Status
__rendered_path__21
--Outbound Proxy1/2
__rendered_path__31
--Fallback Interval
__rendered_path__21
--NAT Status
__rendered_path__31
The table above
list
s
most of the
f
__rendered_path__21
information.
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__22
)
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__25
.
__rendered_path__23
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__21
x
__rendered_path__21
x
__rendered_path__25
x
__rendered_path__25
x
__rendered_path__23
x
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__23
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__37
__rendered_path__37
__rendered_path__23
__rendered_path__21
x
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__23
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__162
evant sections for more

Page 25
Overview
Documentations
The following table shows d
ocumentations available for
46S
IP phone
__rendered_path__3
__rendered_path__35
Name
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__35
Quick Start Guide
__rendered_path__40
User Guide
__rendered_path__36
Contents
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__35
Basic call features
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__37
and phone
__rendered_path__40
customizations
__rendered_path__36
Phone/Web user
__rendered_path__35
interface settings,
__rendered_path__37
basic call features
__rendered_path__51
and advanced
__rendered_path__35
phone features
__rendered_path__56
the SIP-T
__rendered_path__35
Where found
__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__38
In the package
__rendered_path__27
On the website
__rendered_path__40
On the website
.
__rendered_path__35
Language
__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__39
English
__rendered_path__40
English/Chinese
__rendered_path__35
English/Chinese
__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35
15

Page 26
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
16

Page 27
basic installation instructions and information for obtaining
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
__rendered_path__3
Getting Started
This chapter provides the following
the best performance with the SIP-T46S IP phone. Topics include:
Pack
ag
ing
Contents
Phone
Installation
Network Connection
Phone Initialization
Phone Status
Basic Network Settings
Wireless Network Settings
Registration
Idle Screen
Entering Data and Editing Fields
administrator.
Packaging Contents
The following components are included in your SIP-T46S IP phone package:
SIP
-
T
46S
IP
P
hone
Image_691_0
Getting Started
__rendered_path__103
17

Page 28
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Phone Stand
Image_693_0
Handset & Handset Cord
Image_694_0
Image_695_0
Ethernet Cable
(
2
m
CAT5E
UTP
cable
)
Image_696_0
Quick Start Guide
Image_697_0
Check the list before installation. If you find anything missing, contact your system
administrator.
Optional Accessories
The following items are optional accessories for your SIP-T46S IP phone. You need to purchase
them separately if required.
18

Page 29
__rendered_path__3
Power Adapter
(5.5mm
DC plug
)
Image_699_0
Wall Mount Bracket
Headset
YHS32/YHS33
Wireless Headset Adapter EHS36
Bluetooth USB D
ongle BT40
Image_700_0
Image_701_0
Image_702_0
Image_703_0
Getting Started
19

Page 30
User Guide for the SIP
We recommend that you use the accessories provided or approved by Yealink. The use of
Phone
on page
__rendered_path__5
Note
20
-T46S IP Phone
Wi
-
Fi USB Dongle WF40
Image_709_0
unapproved third-party accessories may result in reduced performance.
__rendered_path__96
Installation
If your phone is already installed, proceed to Phone Installation
This section introduces how to install the phone:
1)
Attach the stand or the optional wall mount bracket
2)
Connect the handset and optional headset
3)
Connect the optional USB flash drive
4)
Connect the power
1)
Attach the stand or the optional wall mount bracket
Desk Mount Method
Image_710_0
20.

Page 31
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Wall Mount Method (Optional)
Image_712_0
The hookswitch tab has a lip which allows the handset to stay on-hook when the IP phone is
mounted vertically.
For more information on how to attach the wall mount bracket, refer to Yealink Wall Mount
Quick Installation Guide for Yealink IP Phones
.
2)
Connect the handset and optional headset
Image_713_0
The EXT port can also be used to connect an expansion module EXP40.
For more information on how to use EHS36 and EXP40, refer to
Yealink EHS36 User Guide
and
Yealink EXP
4
0 User Guide
.
__rendered_path__41
__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__42
21

Page 32
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
22
-T46S IP Phone
3)
Connect the optional USB flash drive
Image_719_0
The USB flash drive should be purchased separately if required.
The USB port can also be used to connect the Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 or Wi-Fi USB dongle
WF40. The Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 and Wi-Fi USB dongle WF40 should be purchased
separately. For more information on how to use the BT40 and WF40, refer to Yealink Bluetooth
USB Dongle BT40 User Guide
and
Yealink Wi
-
Fi USB Dongle WF40 User Guide
.
__rendered_path__62
4)
Connect the power
__rendered_path__63
You have two options for power connections. Your system administrator will advise you which
one to use.
AC power
(Optional)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
AC Power (Optional)
To connect the AC power:
1. Connect the DC plug on the power adapter to the DC5V port on the phone and connect the
other end of the power adapter into an electrical power outlet.
Image_720_0
The IP phone should be used with Yealink original power adapter (5V/2A) only. The use of the
__rendered_path__53
third-party power adapter may cause the damage to the phone.

Page 33
Note
Network Connection
__rendered_path__3
Getting Started
Power over Ethernet
With the included or a regular Ethernet cable, the SIP-T46S IP phone can be powered from a
PoE-compliant switch or hub.
To connect the PoE:
1. Connect the Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the phone and an available port
on the in-line power switch/hub.
Image_725_0
If in-line power is provided, you don’t need to connect the phone to the power adapter. Make
sure the switch/hub is PoE-compliant.
Important! Do not remove power from the phone while it is updating firmware and
configurations.
__rendered_path__65
__rendered_path__66
You have two options for network connection. You can select one of them according to the
current office environment.
Connecting to the
wired network
Connect
ing to
the
wireless network
23

Page 34
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Connecting to the Wired Network
You can connect your phone to a wired network.
Before connecting your phone to the wired network, it is important to note that the Wi-Fi
feature should be disabled. For more information, refer to Connecting to the Wireless Network
on page 24.
Image_731_0
Note
The phone can also share the network with another network device such as a PC (personal
computer). This is an optional connection. We recommend that you use the Ethernet cable
provided by Yealink. The PC port may be disabled, contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__118
Connecting to the Wireless Network
__rendered_path__119
Yealink SIP-T46S IP phone supports Wi-Fi feature. You can connect your phone to a wireless
network. The wireless network is more convenient and cost-effective than wired network. The PC
port is unavailable when using wireless network. For more information on how to connect to a
wireless network, refer to Wireless Network Settings on page 28.
Phone Initialization
After your phone is powered on, the system boots up and performs the following steps:
Automatic Phone Initialization
The phone finishes the initialization by loading the saved configuration. The LCD screen displays
“Welcome Initializing…Please wait during the initialization.
24

Page 35
Getting Started
) by default.
MAC address
25
__rendered_path__3
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
The phone attempts to contact a DHCP server in your network to obtain valid IPv4 network
settings (e.g., IP address, subnet mask, default gateway address and DNS address
Note
If your network does not use DHCP, proceed to Basic Network Settings on page 26.
Phone Status
You can view phone status via phone user interface or web user interface.
Available information of phone status includes:
Network status
(
IPv4 status
or
IPv6 status
, IP mode and MAC address
).
-
IPv4 uses a 32-bit address.
-
IPv6 is an updated version of the current Internet Protocol to meet the increased
demands for unique IP addresses, using a 128-bit address.
Phone status
(
product name
,
hardware version,
firmware version
, product ID,
and device certificate status).
Account status
(register status of SIP accounts)
.
To view the phone status via phone user interface:
Image_736_0
1. Press , or press Menu->Status.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
2. Press or to scroll through the list and view the specific information.
Image_735_0
__rendered_path__138
To view the phone status via web user interface:
1. Open a web browser on your computer.
2. Enter the IP address in the browser’s address bar, and then press the Enter key.
(e.g., “http://192.168.0.10” for IPv4 or “http://[2005:1:1:1:215:65ff:fe64:6e0a]” for IPv6).
__rendered_path__142__rendered_path__143

Page 36
User Guide for the SIP
Basic Network Settings
__rendered_path__5
Note
26
-T46S IP Phone
3. Enter the user name (admin) and password (admin) in the login page.
Image_743_0
__rendered_path__82
4. Click Login to login.
The phone status is displayed on the first page of the web user interface.
Image_744_0
__rendered_path__84
If IP mode of the phone is configured as IPv4 & IPv6, you can enter either of them in the
browser’s address bar to view the phone status. IPv6 is not available on all servers. Contact your
system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__85
__rendered_path__86
If your phone cannot contact a DHCP server for any reason, you need to configure network
settings manually. The IP phone can support either or both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
To configure the IP mode via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port.

Page 37
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select IPv4, IPv6 or IPv4 & IPv6 from the IP
Image_476_0
Mode field.
Image_746_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__194
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
You can configure a static IPv4 address for the IP phone. Before configuring it, make sure that
the IP mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 & IPv6.
To configure a static IPv4 address via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port.
Image_738_0
2. Press or to select IPv4 and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_747_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__196
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the Static IP from the Type field.
Image_476_0
4. Enter the desired value in the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway, Pri.DNS and
Image_478_0
Sec.DNS field respectively.
Image_748_0
__rendered_path__196
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
You can configure a static IPv6 address for the IP phone. Before configuring it, make sure that
27

Page 38
User Guide for the SIP
Wireless Network Settings
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
28
-T46S IP Phone
the IP mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 & IPv6.
To configure a static IPv6 address via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port
Image_738_0
2. Press or to select IPv6 and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_750_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__144
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the Static IP from the Type field.
Image_752_0
4. Enter the desired value in the IP Address, IPv6 IP Prefix, Default Gateway, Pri.DNS and
Image_478_0
Sec.DNS field respectively.
Image_751_0
__rendered_path__144
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
The wrong network settings may result in inaccessibility of your phone and may also have an
impact on your network performance. For more information on these parameters, contact your
system administrator.
__rendered_path__146
__rendered_path__147
Wi-Fi is a popular wireless networking technology that uses radio waves to provide wireless
high-speed Internet and network connections. You can activate/deactivate the Wi-Fi mode on
the IP phone, and then connect your phone to the desired wireless network.
Ensure that the Wi-Fi USB Dongle WF40 is properly connected to the USB port at the back of the
__rendered_path__163
IP phone. For more information, refer to Phone Installation on page 20.

Page 39
Activating the Wi
Connecting to
__rendered_path__3
Getting Started
-Fi Mode
When Wi-Fi USB dongle WF40 is connected to the USB port at the back of the IP phone, the LCD
screen will prompt “Wi-Fi adapter has been added, scanning the available wireless network right
now?”. You can press the OK soft key to activate Wi-Fi mode directly and scan Wi-Fi devices
automatically.
Image_757_0
__rendered_path__124
To activate the Wi-Fi mode via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
2.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select On from the Wi-Fi field.
3.
Press the Save soft key.
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
Image_758_0
__rendered_path__124
the Wireless Network
Three ways to connect SIP-T46S IP phone to the wireless network:
Manually connect to an available wireless network
Wi
-
Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Manually add a wireless network
29

Page 40
User Guide for the SIP
Manually Connect to an Available
__rendered_path__5
30
-T46S IP Phone
Wireless Network
To manually connect to a wireless network via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi.
Image_738_0
2.
Press or to highlight X Available Network(s) (X represents the number of
Image_474_0
available networks), and then press the Enter soft key.
If there is no available wireless network, press the Scan soft key to search for the wireless
network again.
Image_738_0
3.
Press or to select the desired wireless network.
Image_760_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__118
4.
Press the Connect soft key.
5.
If the network is secure, enter its password in the Password field.
Image_761_0
__rendered_path__118
6.
Press the OK soft key.
Image_763_0
Once the connection has completed successfully, the icon appears after the name of
the wireless network.
Image_762_0__rendered_path__118

Page 41
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
The Wi-Fi icon appears on the status bar.
Image_766_0Image_519_0
__rendered_path__183
Note
For more information on the password of the wireless network, contact your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__185
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) provides simplified mechanisms to configure secure wireless
networks. WPS can automatically configure a wireless network with a network name (SSID) and
strong WPA data encryption and authentication.
Two methods supported by Yealink IP phones in the Wi-Fi protected setup:
Push Button Configuration (PBC)
:
The user simply has to
press
WPS
key
on both the IP
phone and gateway/router to connect.
Personal
Identification Number
(PIN)
:
The user has to enter a PIN generated randomly
by the IP phone on the gateway/router to connect.
Push Button Configuration (PBC)
To connect to the wireless network using PBC method:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2. Press the WPS soft key, and then select WPS from the prompt list.
The LCD screen prompts WPS has activated, connect within 120s.”.
3. Long press the WPS key on your gateway/router.
Once WPS setup has completed successfully, the icon appears after the name of
Image_763_0
wireless network.
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
To connect to the wireless network using PIN method:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi.
Image_752_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select On from the Wi-Fi field.
Image_478_0
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
31

Page 42
User Guide for the SIP
Note
Manually Add a Wireless Network
Viewing the Wireless Network Information
__rendered_path__5
32
-T46S IP Phone
3. Press the WPS soft key, and then select WPS-PIN from the prompt list.
The LCD screen prompts “Please input below PIN code on your Wi-Fi router and press OK
to start connecting: xxx”.
4. Log into your gateway/router’s web interface, and configure it to search the clients. For
more information, refer to the documentation from the gateway/router manufacturer.
Once WPS-PIN setup has completed successfully, the gateway/router’s web interface will
prompt success.
Contact your gateway/router provider for more information.
__rendered_path__262
__rendered_path__263
If your gateway/router has SSID broadcast disabled, it might not appear in the scanning results.
In that case, you must manually add a wireless network.
To add a wireless network:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi.
Image_472_0
2.
Press or to highlight Known network, and then press the Add soft key.
Image_474_0
3.
Use the WLAN settings obtained from your gateway/router to configure this WLAN Profile
on the IP phone. Do the following:
a)
If you select None or WEP from the pull-down list of Security Mode:
Enter the profile name, SSID and WPA shared key in the corresponding fields.
b) If you select WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK from the pull-down list of Security Mode:
Select the desired Cipher type (TKIP, AES or TKIP AES) from the pull-down list of
Cipher Type.
Enter the profile name, SSID and WPA shared key in the corresponding fields.
4.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
The connected wireless networks will be saved to Known network list. The Known network list
can store up to 5 wireless networks, you can specify the priority to connect to the corresponding
wireless network.
To view the wireless network information via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi->X Available Network(s) (X represents the number of
available networks).
Image_472_0
2.
Press or to highlight the desired wireless network.
Image_474_0
3.
Press the Detail soft key to view the detailed wireless network information (e.g., Profile
Name, SSID or Signal Strength).

Page 43
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
If the IP phone is connected to a wireless network successfully, you can also press
Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi->Wireless Status to view the connected wireless network
information.
Image_771_0
__rendered_path__148
Managing the Saved Wireless Network
Once the IP phone has ever been connected to a wireless network successfully, the wireless
network profile will be saved in Known network list. The next time you enable Wi-Fi feature, the
IP phone will be automatically connected to the wireless network which has the highest priority
(the top one). Up to 5 wireless network profiles can be saved in Known network list. If you want to
add a new one when the IP phone has already saved 5 wireless network profiles, please delete the
older saved profile before adding.
To manage the Known network via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi->Known network.
Image_772_0
__rendered_path__148
2.
Press the Option soft key.
3.
Do one of the following:
- To edit the wireless network profile:
1)
Select Edit from the prompt list.
2)
Edit the desired wireless network information.
3)
Press the Save soft key.
- To change the priority of the wireless network:
33

Page 44
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
1)
Select Move Up or Move Down from the prompt list to improve or lower the
priority of the wireless network that the IP phone automatically connects to.
- To delete the saved wireless network profile(s):
1)
Select Delete or Delete All from the prompt list.
If you delete your wireless network profile from your phone, you need to
manually connect to it next time.
Disconnecting the Wireless Network Connection
To disconnect wireless network via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi->X Available Network(s) (X represents the number of
available networks)
2.
Select the connected wireless network, and then press the Disconnect soft key.
The wireless network is disconnected. You can press the Connect soft key to connect
again.
Deactivating the Wi-Fi Mode
To deactivate the Wi-Fi mode via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Wi-Fi.
Image_476_0
2.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Off from the Wi-Fi field.
Image_774_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__207
3.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
Image_519_0
The Wi-Fi icon disappears from the status bar.
Wi-Fi is configurable via web user interface at the path Network->Wi-Fi.
Registration
Generally, your phone will be deployed with multiple other phones. In this case, your system
administrator will configure the phone parameters beforehand, so that after you start up your
phone, the phone will be registered and ready for use. The SIP-T46S IP phone supports up to 16
34

Page 45
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
accounts. If your phone is not registered, you may have to register it. For more information on
how to register your phone, refer to Account Management on page 103.
Idle Screen
If the phone has successfully started up, the idle LCD screen will be displayed as below.
Image_790_0
Idle screen description:
__rendered_path__63
No.
Name
Description
__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__63
1
Status Bar
This area shows the
date.
phone’s default account, icons and the time and
__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__64
The label of the default account is displayed on the left of the status
__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__63
2
Default
Account
bar.
For more information, refer to
Note
: You can configure the IP phone not to display the default
Default Account
on page
104
.
__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__65
account. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__63
3
Icons
Icons are displayed in the
For more information, refer to
middle
Icon Instructions
of the status bar.
on page
3
.
__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__66
4
Time and
Date
The phone’
bar.
For more information, refer to
s time and date are displayed on
Time
&
Date
on page
the right of the status
48
.
__rendered_path__63
This area shows the line key labels. You can customize the line key as
__rendered_path__63
5
Line Keys
other functions.
__rendered_path__67
For more information, refer to Line Keys on page 89.
__rendered_path__67
6
Page
I
con
s
This area shows three
For more information, refer to
page icons
Page Tips
of line keys
.
on page
91
.
__rendered_path__67
7
Soft
K
eys
This area shows the soft key labels. The default soft key labels are
“History”, “Directory”, “DND” and “Menu”
.
__rendered_path__67
8
Wallpaper
This area shows the wallpaper which can be
For more information, refer to
Wallpaper
customized.
on page
39
.
__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63
35

Page 46
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Entering Data and Editing Fields
You can enter data and edit fields using the phone keypad.
Keypad on the phone provides different characters (or numbers) when using the 2aB, abc, Abc,
ABC or 123 input mode. You can change the following input modes to enter data and edit fields
on your phone. When your phone keypad matches the input mode, you can press the keypad
repeatedly to view the character (or number) options and stop to select. When the character (or
number) you want to enter displays in the field, wait for one second, and enter the next
character (or number).
The following table lists the input modes and character (or number) options for the keypad:
__rendered_path__82
Input Mode
Abc
__rendered_path__82
Keypad
2aB
abc
(initials in
ABC
123
__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__83
capitals)
__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__82
1
1
__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__69__rendered_path__84
2abcABC
abc2äæåàá
âãç
a
bc2äæåàá
âãç
ABC2ÄÆÅ
ÀÁÂÃÇ
2
__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__82
3defDEF
def3èéêëð
def3èéêëð
DEF3ÈÉÊËÐ
3
__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__69__rendered_path__84
4ghiGHI
ghi4ìíîï
ghi4ìíîï
GHI4ÌÍÎÏ
4
__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__82
5jklJKL
jkl5£
jkl5£
JKL5£
5
__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__84
6mnoMNO
mno6öøòó
ôõñ
m
no6öøòó
ôõñ
MNO6ÖØ
ÒÓÔÕÑ
6
__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__82
7pqrsPQRS
pqrs7ßЅ
pqrs7ßЅ
PQRS7Ѕ
7
__rendered_path__84
8tuvTUV
tuv8ùúûü
t
uv8ùúûü
TUV8ÙÚÛ
Ü
8
__rendered_path__82
9wxyzWXY
Z
wxyz9ýÞ
w
xyz9ýÞ
WXYZ9ÝÞ
9
__rendered_path__84
0
space
space
space
0
__rendered_path__82
*.,'?!\-()@/:
*.,'?!\-()@/:
*.,'?!\-()@/:
*.,'?!\-()@/:
__rendered_path__82
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
.*:/@[]
__rendered_path__85
^¡¿§#"|
^¡¿§#"|
^¡¿§#"|
^¡¿§#"|
__rendered_path__85
36
__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85Image_793_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__96Image_795_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115Image_797_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129Image_799_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129Image_801_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129Image_803_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115Image_805_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__96Image_812_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115Image_814_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115Image_816_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__129Image_818_0__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__83__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__84__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82

Page 47
__rendered_path__3
Input Mode
__rendered_path__31
Keypad
2aB
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__31
#
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__32
To enter or edit data:
__rendered_path__31
Do one of the following:
__rendered_path__34
If you want to
__rendered_path__34
Enter only digits (1),
__rendered_path__35
uppercase (A) characters,
Image_821_0__rendered_path__31
lowercase (a) characters, or
__rendered_path__32
alphanumeric (2aB)
__rendered_path__31
characters.
__rendered_path__48
Enter special characters.
Getting Started
__rendered_path__33
Abc
__rendered_path__31
abc
(initials in
ABC
123
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__33
capitals)
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__31
#
#
#
#
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__33
Then you can
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__31
Press a keypad key one or more times (depending
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__33
on what input mode you’re in) to enter the
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__31
characters that is displayed on the keypad key.
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__33
You can press the abc soft key one or more times
__rendered_path__31
to switch among uppercase (ABC soft key),
__rendered_path__31
numeric (123 soft key), alphanumeric (2aB soft
__rendered_path__34
key), uppercase and lowercase (Abc soft key) and
__rendered_path__34
lowercase (abc soft key) input modes.
__rendered_path__34
For example, if the input mode is ABC:
__rendered_path__34
-
To enter “A”, press once.
__rendered_path__34
-
To enter “B”, press twice quickly.
__rendered_path__33
-
To enter “C”, press three times quickly.
__rendered_path__31
-
To enter “2ÄÆÅÀÁÂÃÇ”, press more
__rendered_path__33
than three times quickly.
__rendered_path__31
Note: When you are in the uppercase (ABC soft
__rendered_path__33
key), uppercase and lowercase (Abc soft key) or
__rendered_path__31
lowercase (abc soft key) input mode,
__rendered_path__33
is not available.
__rendered_path__31
Press the keypad key or , or
__rendered_path__33
press .
__rendered_path__31
For Key:
__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__48
-
If it is in the uppercase (ABC soft key),
__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__48
uppercase and lowercase (Abc soft key) or
__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__48
lowercase (abc soft key) input mode, it will
__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__48
provide the space character.
__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__48
-
If it is in the numeric (123 soft key) or
__rendered_path__31
alphanumeric (2aB soft key) input mode, it
__rendered_path__33
will only provide the digit 0.
__rendered_path__31
-
If it is in the numeric (123 soft key) or
__rendered_path__33
alphanumeric (2aB soft key) input mode, it
__rendered_path__31
will provide the special character + by long
__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__214__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__214__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__214__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31Image_823_0Image_823_0Image_795_0Image_795_0Image_795_0Image_795_0Image_827_0Image_829_0Image_818_0
37

Page 48
User Guide for the SIP
T46S IP Phone
Delete text you entered.
38
__rendered_path__5
-
__rendered_path__17
If you want to
__rendered_path__17
__rendered_path__18
Then you can
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__17
pressing about 2 seconds on the
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__19
dialing/pre-dialing screen.
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__17
For key:
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__17
-
It only provides the pound character #.
__rendered_path__20
For key:
__rendered_path__20
-
If it is in the uppercase (ABC soft key),
__rendered_path__18
lowercase (abc soft key), uppercase and
__rendered_path__17
lowercase (Abc soft key) or alphanumeric
__rendered_path__19
(2aB soft key) input mode, it will provide the
__rendered_path__17
following special characters:
Image_829_0
*.,?!\-()@/:_;+&%=<>$¥¤[]{}~^¡¿§#"|.
Image_818_0
-
If it is in the numeric (123 soft key) input
mode, it will provide the following special
characters: .*:/@[].
__rendered_path__81
Press or to position the cursor to the
__rendered_path__81
right of the text you want to delete, and then press
the
Delete
soft key to delete one character at a
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__81__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__17Image_752_0Image_478_0
time.

Page 49
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__123
You can customize your SIP-T46S IP phone by personally configuring certain settings, for
example, contrast, time & date and ring tones. You can add contacts to the phone’s local
directory manually or from call history. You can also personalize different ring tones for different
callers.
This chapter provides basic operating instructions for customizing your phone. Topics include:
General Settings
Audio Settings
Contact Management
Call History Management
Search Source List in Dialing
System Customizations
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
General Settings
Wallpaper
You can customize the wallpaper of the SIP-T46S IP phone, and can change the wallpaper image
via phone user interface or web user interface. You can also upload custom pictures as
wallpaper images via web user interface.
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports the file format of pictures in the following table:
__rendered_path__106
Format
Resolution
File Size
__rendered_path__94__rendered_path__95__rendered_path__106
*.jpg/*.png/*.bmp
1.8 megapixels 2MB of space should be reserved for the phone
__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__99__rendered_path__107
__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__110__rendered_path__110__rendered_path__110__rendered_path__110__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__106
39

Page 50
User Guide for the SIP
Note
__rendered_path__5
40
-T46S IP Phone
To upload the custom picture via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Preference.
2. In the Upload Wallpaper(480*272) field, click Browse to select the desired picture from
your local system.
Image_840_0
__rendered_path__121
3. Click Upload to upload the file.
The custom picture appears in the pull-down list of Wallpaper.
You can only delete the custom wallpaper by clicking Del when selecting the desired custom
wallpaper in the Wallpaper field.
The SIP-T46S IP phone screen size is 4.3 inches (Resolution: 480x272). If the size of the custom
wallpaper doesn’t meet the IP phone screen size, the wallpaper will be stretched or zoomed out
according to the IP phone screen size.
__rendered_path__124
To change the wallpaper via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Display->Wallpaper.
Image_752_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired wallpaper image.
Image_841_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__123
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.

Page 51
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Wallpaper is configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Preference.
Screen Saver
The screen saver will automatically start when the IP phone is idle for the preset waiting time.
The screen saver is used to blank the screen or fill it with moving images or patterns.
The screen saver will be stopped if one of the following phone events occurs:
Press any key
.
Pick up
/hang up
the handset.
There is an incoming call.
A new prompt (e.g., missed call, new voice mail or forward
ed call
).
The
status of BLF key changes.
If your phone is idle again for a specified period of time, the screen saver will start again. The
time & date and certain feature status icons (e.g., a new text message, auto answer, DND) will
also display on the screen saver. For more information on the icons, refer to Icon Instructions on
page 3. You can configure the phone whether to display the time & date on the screen saver or
not.
Image_845_0
__rendered_path__162
You can configure the screen saver of SIP-T46S IP phone, and upload custom pictures to set up
a screen saver of your picture via web user interface. You can configure the screen saver wait
time, screen saver type and screen saver display clock via phone user interface or web user
interface.
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports the file format of custom pictures in the following table:
__rendered_path__144
Format
Resolution
File Size
__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__133__rendered_path__144
*.jpg/*.png/*.bmp
1.8 megapixels 2MB of space should be reserved for the phone
__rendered_path__136__rendered_path__137__rendered_path__145
__rendered_path__140__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__145__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__145__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__144__rendered_path__144
41

Page 52
User Guide for the SIP
Uploading the
Configur
__rendered_path__5
Note
42
-T46S IP Phone
Custom Picture
To upload a custom picture via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Preference.
2.
Select Custom from the pull-down list of Screensaver Type.
3.
In the Upload Screensaver field, click Browse to locate the custom picture from your local
system, and then click Upload.
This field appears only if Screensaver Type is set to Custom.
Image_847_0
__rendered_path__155
The custom picture appears in Screensaver list. You can only delete the custom picture by
clicking Del when the desired custom picture is selected in the Screensaver field.
You can only upload one custom image at a time via web user interface.
__rendered_path__156
ing the Screen Saver
To configure the screen saver via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Display->Screensaver.
Image_476_0
2.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired wait time from the Wait
Image_848_0
Time field.
3.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Display
Image_476_0
Clock field.
Image_848_0Image_848_0
4.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired screen saver type from the
Image_476_0
Screensaver Type field.
This field is configurable only if you have uploaded a custom picture via web user interface.
- If you select System.

Page 53
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
The IP phone will automatically set the built-in picture as the screen saver.
- If you select Custom.
The IP phone will automatically set the custom pictures you upload as the screen saver,
and display these pictures alternately.
Image_851_0
__rendered_path__116
5.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Screen saver is configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Preference.
Power Saving
The power saving feature is used to turn off the backlight and screen to conserve energy. The IP
phone enters power-saving mode after it has been idle for a certain period of time.
The IP phone will exit power-saving mode if one of the following phone events occurs:
Press any key
.
Pick up
/hang up
the handset
.
There is an incoming call.
A new prompt (e.g.,
missed call, new voice mail or forwarded call
).
The
status of BLF key changes.
If the screen saver is enabled on your phone, power-saving mode will still occur.
You can configure the following power-saving settings:
Office Hour
Idle Timeout
(minutes)
The office hour and idle timeout (minutes) settings work only if the power saving feature is
enabled.
Note
Power saving is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__117
43

Page 54
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Enabling the Power Saving
To enable the power saving feature via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Power Saving.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Power Saving.
Image_853_0
__rendered_path__82
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Configuring the Office Hour
Office Hour specifies the starting time and ending time in the office each day.
To configure the office hour via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Power Saving.
44

Page 55
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
3.
Enter the starting time and ending time respectively in the desired day field.
Image_855_0
__rendered_path__150
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Configuring the Idle Timeout
Idle Timeout specifies the period of time before the IP phone enters power-saving mode. The
following three types of idle timeout you can configure:
Office Hours Idle Time
O
ut
: Configures the idle
timeout for office hours.
Off Hours Idle Time
O
ut
: Configures the idle timeout for non
-
office hours.
User
I
nput
E
xtension Idle Time
O
ut
:
Configures idle timeout that applies after you use
the IP phone (for example, press a key on the phone or pick up/hang up the handset).
By default, the Office Hours Idle Timeout is much longer than the Off Hours Idle TimeOut. If you
use the IP phone, the idle timeout that applies (User Input Extension Idle TimeOut or Office
Hours/Off Hours Idle TimeOut) is the timeout with the highest value. If the phone has an
incoming call or new message, the User Input Extension Idle TimeOut is ignored.
To configure the idle timeout via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Power Saving.
2.
Enter the desired value in the Office Hours Idle TimeOut field.
The default value is 960, you can set to 1-960.
3.
Enter the desired value in the Off Hours Idle TimeOut field.
The default value is 10, you can set to 1-10.
4.
Enter the desired value in the User Input Extension Idle TimeOut field.
45

Page 56
User Guide for the SIP
Backlight
46
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
The default value is 10, you can set to 1-30.
Image_857_0
__rendered_path__151
5.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Backlight has three options:
Active Level: The intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is active. You can change the
intensity of the LCD screen. Digits (1-10) represent different intensities. 10 is the highest
intensity.
Inactive Level: The intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is inactive. You can select a low
intensity or turn off the backlight.
Backlight Time: The delay time to change the intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is
inactive. You can select a desired time to change the intensity or turn on the backlight
permanently.
Always On
:
Backlight is on permanently.
15s
,
30s
,
1min
,
2min
,
5min
,
10min
or
30min
: Backlight is
changed
when the phone is
inactive after the designated time (in seconds).
You can also change the intensity of the LCD screen of EXP40 connected to the SIP-T46S IP
phone.
To configure the backlight via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Display->Backlight.
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Active Level
Image_478_0
field.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Inactive
Image_478_0

Page 57
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Level field.
Image_476_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired time from the Backlight
Image_478_0
Time field.
Image_859_0
__rendered_path__136
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Backlight is configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Preference.
Contrast
You can only configure the contrast of the expansion module EXP40 connected to the SIP-T46S
IP phone to a comfortable level on the phone. Ensure that the expansion module has been
connected to the phone before configuration. The intensity of contrast ranges from 1 to 10 and
the highest intensity is 10.
To configure the contrast via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Display->Contrast.
If EXP40 is not connected to the phone, the Contrast screen displays No EXP.
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to increase or decrease the intensity of contrast.
Image_478_0
The default contrast level is 6.
Image_860_0
__rendered_path__136
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Language
The default language of the phone user interface is English. If the language of your web browser
47

Page 58
User Guide for the SIP
Time
You can configure
Simple Network
one that applies to your are
48
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
is not supported by the phone, the web user interface will use English by default. You can
change the language for the phone user interface and the web user interface respectively.
To change the language for the phone user interface directly:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Language.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
2. Press or to select the desired language.
Image_862_0
__rendered_path__182
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
Text displayed on the phone user interface will change to the selected language.
To change the language for the web user interface:
1. Select the desired language from the pull-down list at the top-right corner of web user
interface.
Text displayed on the web user interface will change to the selected language.
& Date
The time and date are displayed on the LCD screen when the phone is idle.
the phone to obtain the time and date from the SNTP server automatically, or configure the
time and date manually. If the phone cannot obtain the time and date from the
Time Protocol (SNTP) server, contact your system administrator for more information.
To configure the SNTP settings via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Time & Date->General->SNTP Settings.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the time z
Image_863_0
__rendered_path__184
a

Page 59
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
from the Time Zone field.
The default time zone is +8.
3. Enter the domain name or IP address of SNTP server in the NTP Server1 and NTP Server2
field respectively.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Daylight
Saving field.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
5. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired time zone name from the
Location field.
This field appears only if Daylight Saving field is selected to Automatic.
The default time zone name is China(Beijing).
Image_865_0
__rendered_path__206
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Note
Please refer to Appendix A Time Zones for the list of available time zones on the IP phone.
__rendered_path__211
To configure the time and date manually via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Time & Date->General->Manual Settings.
2. Enter the specific date and time.
Image_866_0
__rendered_path__208
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
The time and date displayed on the LCD screen will change accordingly.
To configure the time and date format via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Time & Date->Time & Date Format.
49

Page 60
User Guide for the SIP
Note
Administrator Password
__rendered_path__5
50
-T46S IP Phone
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired date format from the Date
Image_478_0
Format field.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired time format (12 Hour or 24
Image_478_0
Hour) from the Time Format field.
Image_869_0
__rendered_path__233
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
There are 7 available date formats. For example, for the date format “WWW DD MMM”, “WWW”
represents the abbreviation of the weekday, “DD” represents the two-digit day, and “MMM”
represents the first three letters of the month.
The date formats available:
__rendered_path__122
Date Format
Example (2016-09-02)
__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__122
WWW MMM DD
Fri, Sep 02
__rendered_path__110__rendered_path__111__rendered_path__123
DD-MMM-YY
02-Sep-16
__rendered_path__122
YYYY-MM-DD
2016-09-02
__rendered_path__124
DD/MM/YYYY
02/09/2016
__rendered_path__122
MM/DD/YY
09/02/16
__rendered_path__122
DD MMM YYYY
02 Sep, 2016
__rendered_path__125
WWW DD MMM
Fri, 02 Sep
__rendered_path__125
Time and date are configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Time & Date.
__rendered_path__125
You can also customize the date format. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__122
__rendered_path__123
The Advanced Settings option is only accessible to the administrator. The default administrator
__rendered_path__122
password is admin. For security reasons, you should change the default administrator
__rendered_path__124
password as soon as possible.
__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__236

Page 61
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To change the administrator password via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Change Password.
2. Enter the old password in the Old PWD field.
3. Enter the new password in the New PWD field.
4. Re-enter the new password in the Confirm PWD field.
Image_871_0
__rendered_path__199
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Administrator password is configurable via web user interface at the path Security->Password.
Key As Send
You can set the # key or * key to perform as a send key while dialing.
To configure key as send via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Others->General.
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select # or * from the Key As Send field, or
Image_478_0
select Disabled to disable this feature.
Image_872_0
__rendered_path__199
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Key as send is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
51

Page 62
User Guide for the SIP
Phone
Note
52
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
Lock
You can lock your phone temporarily when you are not using it. This feature helps to protect
your phone from unauthorized use.
Phone lock consists of the following:
Menu Key: The Menu soft key is locked. You cannot access the menu of the
phone until unlocked.
Function Keys: The function keys are locked. You cannot use the MESSAGE, REDIAL,
HOLD, MUTE, TRANSFER, OK, X, navigation keys and soft keys until
unlocked.
All Keys: All keys are locked except the Volume key, digit keys, # key, * key,
HEADSET key and Speakerphone key. You are only allowed to dial
emergency numbers, reject incoming calls by pressing the X key or
Reject soft key, answer incoming calls by lifting the handset,
pressing the Speakerphone key, the HEADSET key, the OK key or
Answer soft key, and end the call by hanging up the handset,
pressing the Speakerphone key, End Call soft key or X key.
The emergency number setting, if desired, must be made before lock activation. For more
information, refer to Emergency Number on page 112.
__rendered_path__218__rendered_path__219
To activate the phone lock via phone user interface:
__rendered_path__226
1. Press Menu->Basic->Phone Lock.
2. Enter the desired PIN (default PIN: 123) in the Unlock PIN field, and then press the OK soft
key.
Image_752_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Lock Enable field.
Image_752_0Image_478_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired type from the Lock Type
Image_478_0
field.
5. Enter the desired interval of automatic phone lock in the Lock Time Out field.
The default timeout is 0. It means the phone will not be automatically locked. You need to
Image_876_0
long press to lock it immediately when the phone is idle.

Page 63
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
If it is set to other values except 0 (e.g., 5), the phone will be locked when the phone is
inactive in idle screen for the designated time (in seconds).
Image_879_0
__rendered_path__114
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
When the phone is locked, the LCD screen prompts Phone locked. and displays the
Image_882_0
icon .
Image_880_0
__rendered_path__116
To change the phone unlock PIN via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Change PIN.
2. Enter the desired value in the Old PIN, New PIN and Confirm PIN field respectively.
Image_881_0
__rendered_path__116
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the setting or the Back soft key to cancel.
Note
The unlock PIN length must be within 15 digits.
__rendered_path__118
53

Page 64
User Guide for the SIP
Note
__rendered_path__5
54
-T46S IP Phone
To unlock the phone via phone user interface:
1. Press any locked key, the LCD screen prompts Unlock PIN”.
2. Enter the desired PIN in the Unlock PIN field.
Image_884_0
__rendered_path__153
3. Press the OK soft key to unlock the phone.
Image_886_0
The icon disappears from the LCD screen.
Image_876_0
You can long press or wait for a period of time (if configured) to lock the phone
again.
You can also unlock the phone by administrator password. When you enter the administrator
password to unlock the phone, the phone will turn to the Change PIN screen.
__rendered_path__157
To deactivate the phone lock via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Phone Lock.
2. Enter the desired PIN (default PIN: 123) in the Unlock PIN field, and then press the OK soft
key.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Disabled from the Lock Enable field.
Image_885_0
__rendered_path__153
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
Phone lock is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Phone Lock.

Page 65
Audio Settings
Volume
__rendered_path__3
Note
Customizing Your Phone
You can press the Volume key to adjust the ringer volume when the phone is idle or ringing.
You can also press the Volume key to adjust the receiver volume of currently engaged audio
devices (handset, speakerphone or headset) when the phone is in use.
To adjust the ringer volume when the phone is idle:
1. Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_890_0Image_892_0
__rendered_path__69
To adjust the ringer volume when the phone is ringing:
1.
Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_891_0Image_894_0
__rendered_path__69
You can also press to adjust the ringer volume when selecting a ring tone. For more
Image_894_0
information, refer to Ring Tones on page 56.
Image_503_0
If ringer volume is adjusted to minimum, the icon will appear on the LCD screen.
__rendered_path__71
55

Page 66
User Guide for the SIP
Ring Tones
__rendered_path__5
56
-T46S IP Phone
To adjust the volume when the phone is during a call:
1. Press to adjust the volume of currently engaged audio device (handset,
Image_894_0
speakerphone or headset).
Image_899_0
__rendered_path__128
You can also press to adjust the volume when playing back the recording calls. For
Image_894_0
more information, refer to Playing Back Recorded Calls on page 174.
Ring tones are used to indicate incoming calls. You can select different ring tones to distinguish
different accounts registered on your phone, or to distinguish your phone from your neighbor’s.
To select a ring tone for the phone via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Sound->Ring Tones->Common.
Image_738_0
2. Press or to select the desired ring tone.
Image_900_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__128
3. (Optional.) Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_894_0
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
A ring tone for the phone is configurable via web user interface at the path
Settings->Preference->Ring Type.

Page 67
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To select a ring tone for the account via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Sound->Ring Tones.
Image_738_0
2.
Press or to select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_902_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__87
3.
Press or to select the desired ring tone.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
If Common is selected, this account will use the ring tone selected for the phone.
Image_903_0
__rendered_path__89
4.
(Optional.) Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_894_0
5.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
A ring tone for the account is configurable via web user interface at the path
Account->Basic->Ring Type.
57

Page 68
User Guide for the SIP
Tone
__rendered_path__5
Note
Key
58
-T46S IP Phone
To upload a custom ring tone for your phone via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Preference.
2. In the Upload Ringtone field, click Browse to locate a ring tone (the file format must be
*.wav) file from your local system.
Image_905_0
__rendered_path__86
3. Click Upload to upload the file.
The custom ring tone appears in the pull-down list of Ring Type.
You can only delete the custom ring tone by clicking Del when selecting the desired custom
ring tone in the Ring Type field.
The priority of ring tone for an incoming call on the phone is as follows:
Contact ring tone (refer to Adding Contacts) >Group ring tone (refer to Adding
Groups) >Account ring tone >Phone ring tone.
Single custom ring tone file must be within 8MB and total custom ring tone files must be within
20MB.
Uploading custom ring tones for your phone is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__87
If you enable key tone, the phone will produce a sound when you press the keypad.

Page 69
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To configure key tone via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Sound->Key Tone.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
2.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled or Disabled from the Key
Tone field.
Image_914_0
__rendered_path__189
3.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Key tone is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Audio.
Contact Management
This section provides the operating instructions for managing contacts. Topics include:
Directory
Local Directory
Blacklist
Remote Phone
B
ook
Directory
Directory provides easy access to frequently used lists. The lists may contain Local Directory,
History, Remote Phone Book and LDAP. You can configure the list(s) to access for the Directory
soft key.
Note
LDAP is disabled by default. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__193
To configure the list(s) to access for the Directory soft key via web user interface:
__rendered_path__194
1. Click on Directory->Setting.
2. In the Directory block, select the desired list from the Disabled column and then
click .
Image_915_0
The selected list appears in the Enabled column.
3. Repeat the step 2 to add more lists to the Enabled column.
59

Page 70
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
60
-T46S IP Phone
4. To remove a list from the Enabled column, select the desired list and then click .
Image_921_0Image_923_0
5. To adjust the display order of enabled lists, select the desired list and then click
or .
Image_922_0
The LCD screen will display the list(s) in the adjusted order.
Image_917_0
__rendered_path__97
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
The list(s) to access for the Directory soft key is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__100
To view the directory list(s) via phone user interface:
1. Press the Directory soft key when the phone is idle.
The LCD screen displays the enabled list(s) in the directory.
Image_918_0
__rendered_path__99
If there is only one list in the directory, press the Directory soft key to enter this list directly.
If the remote phone book and LDAP are not configured in advance, you cannot see remote
phone book and LDAP lists on the phone user interface. For more information on remote phone
book, refer to Remote Phone Book on page 76. For more information on LDAP, contact your
__rendered_path__112
system administrator.

Page 71
Local Directory
Adding
__rendered_path__3
Note
Customizing Your Phone
The built-in phone directory can store the names and phone numbers of your contacts. You can
store up to 1000 contacts and 48 groups in your phone's local directory. You can add new
groups and contacts, edit, delete or search for a contact, or simply dial a contact number from
the local directory.
Local directory can be backed up on the provisioning server. For more information, contact your
system administrator.
__rendered_path__126
Groups
To add a group to the local directory:
1. Press the Directory soft key.
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__123
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
2. Press the AddGroup soft key.
3. Enter the desired group name in the Name field.
Image_476_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired group ring tone from the
Image_478_0
Ring field.
61

Page 72
User Guide for the SIP
Editing Groups
__rendered_path__5
62
-T46S IP Phone
If Auto is selected, this group will use the ring tone according to the priority: Contact ring
tone (refer to Adding Contacts) >Account ring tone (refer to Ring Tones) >Phone ring tone
(refer to Ring Tones). If a specific ring tone is selected, this group will use the ring tone
according to the priority: Contact ring tone (refer to Adding Contacts) >Group ring tone.
Image_935_0
__rendered_path__99
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
To edit a group in the local directory:
1. Press the Directory soft key.
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_936_0
__rendered_path__99
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
2. Select the desired contact group.

Page 73
Customizing Your Phone
local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
__rendered_path__3
3. Press the Option soft key, and then select Detail from the prompt list.
Image_940_0
__rendered_path__113
4. Press or to highlight the group information and then edit.
Image_738_0
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Image_474_0
Deleting Groups
To delete a group from the local directory:
1. Press the Directory soft key.
The IP phone enters the
the directory by default.
Image_936_0
__rendered_path__113
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
2. Select the desired contact group.
3. Press the Option soft key, and then select Delete from the prompt list.
63

Page 74
User Guide for the SIP
Adding Contacts
__rendered_path__5
64
-T46S IP Phone
The LCD screen prompts the following warning:
Image_944_0
__rendered_path__158
4. Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
You can also delete all groups by pressing the Option soft key, and then select Delete All.
You can add contacts to the local directory in one of the following ways:
Manually
From call history
From
a
remote phone
book
Adding Contacts Manually
To add a contact to the local directory manually:
1. Press the Directory soft key.
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__158
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
2. Select the desired contact group and then press the Enter soft key.
If the contact you want to add doesn’t belong to any group, select All Contacts and then
press the Enter soft key.

Page 75
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
3. Press the Add soft key.
4. Enter the name and the office, mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields.
Image_949_0
__rendered_path__221
5. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired account from the Account
Image_476_0Image_478_0
field.
If Auto is selected, the phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact
from the local directory.
Image_476_0
6. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired ring tone from the Ring
Image_478_0
field.
If Auto is selected, this contact will use the ring tone according to the priority: Group ring
tone (refer to Adding Groups) >Account ring tone (refer to Ring Tones) >Phone ring tone
(refer to Ring Tones).
Image_476_0
7. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired group from the Group field.
Image_478_0
8. Press or to select Photo field and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_476_0Image_478_0Image_738_0
9. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired photo from the Photo field.
Image_474_0
10. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Note
If the contact already exists in the directory, the LCD screen will prompt Contact name existed!”.
__rendered_path__226
Adding Contacts from Call History
To add a contact to the local directory from call history:
1. Press the History soft key.
Image_738_0
2. Press or to highlight the desired entry.
Image_474_0
65

Page 76
User Guide for the SIP
Editing Contacts
66
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
3. Press the Option soft key, and then select Add to Contact from the prompt list.
Image_955_0
__rendered_path__216
4. Press the OK soft key. And then enter the contact name.
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
The entry is successfully saved to the local directory.
Adding Contacts from Remote Phone Book
To add a contact to the local directory from remote phone book:
1. Press Menu->Directory->Remote Phone Book.
If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Directory->Remote Phone Book to enter the remote phone book.
2. Select the desired remote group and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0
3. Press or to highlight the desired entry.
Image_474_0
4. Press the Option soft key, and then select Add to Contact from the prompt list.
5. Press the Save soft key to save the contact to the local directory.
If the contact already exists in the local directory, the LCD screen will prompt "Overwrite the
original contact?". Press the OK soft key to overwrite the original contact in the local
directory or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
For more information on remote phone book operating, refer to Remote Phone Book on page
76.
To edit a contact in the local directory:
1. Press the Directory soft key.

Page 77
Deleting Contacts
To delete a contact
__rendered_path__3
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
Customizing Your Phone
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__133
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
Select the desired contact group and then press the Enter soft key.
If the contact is not in any group, select All Contacts and then press the Enter soft key
Image_738_0
Press or to highlight the desired contact.
Image_474_0
Press the Option soft key, and then select Detail from the prompt list.
Image_738_0
Press or to highlight the contact information and then edit.
Image_959_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__135
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
from the local directory:
Press the Directory soft key.
67

Page 78
User Guide for the SIP
Uploading
__rendered_path__5
68
-T46S IP Phone
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__163
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
2. Select the desired contact group and then press the Enter soft key.
If the contact is not in any group, select All Contacts and then press the Enter soft key
Image_738_0
3. Press or to highlight the desired contact.
Image_474_0
4. Press the Option soft key, and then select Delete from the prompt list.
The LCD screen prompts the following warning:
Image_963_0
__rendered_path__163
5. Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
You can also delete all contacts by pressing the Option soft key, and then select Delete All.
Contact Photos
To upload a new custom photo for the contact via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Browse, and then select a photo from your local computer.
3. Click Upload Photo to upload the photo.

Page 79
Customizing Your Phone
interface
__rendered_path__3
You can also click Delete Photo to delete the photo.
Note
The phone only supports *.png, *.jpg and *.bmp format files.
You can only delete custom photos.
To change the custom photo for the contact via web user
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click to select the desired entry which you want to edit.
3. Select the desired photo from the pull-down list of Photo.
Image_965_0
:
__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67
69

Page 80
or receive a call from the contact
, the
screen
will show
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
4. Click Edit to accept the change.
When you place a call to the contact
the contact photo.
Placing Calls to Contacts
To place a call to a contact from the local directory:
1. Press the Directory soft key.
70
Image_967_0
LCD
__rendered_path__61Image_968_0__rendered_path__63

Page 81
Searching for Contacts
To search for a contact in
__rendered_path__3
2.
3.
4.
1.
Customizing Your Phone
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__148
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
Select the desired contact group and then press the Enter soft key.
If the contact is not in any group, select All Contacts and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0
Press or to highlight the desired contact.
Image_474_0
Do one of the following:
-
If only one number for the contact is stored in the local directory, press the Send soft
key to dial out the number.
-
If multiple numbers for the contact are stored in the local directory, press the Send soft
key to display a list of numbers.
Image_738_0
Press or to highlight the desired number.
Image_474_0
Press the Send soft key to dial out the number.
the local directory:
Press the Directory soft key.
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__148
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
71

Page 82
User Guide for the SIP
Importing/Exporting Contact
__rendered_path__5
72
-T46S IP Phone
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
2. Press the Search soft key.
3. Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or continuous numbers of the
contact number (office, mobile or other number) using the keypad.
Image_975_0
__rendered_path__101
The contacts whose name or phone number matches the characters entered will appear on
the LCD screen. You can dial from the result list.
Lists
You can manage your phone’s local directory via phone user interface or web user interface. But
you can only import or export the contact list via web user interface.
To import an XML contact list file via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Browse to locate a contact list file (the file format must be *.xml) from your local
system.

Page 83
To import
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Customizing Your Phone
Click Import XML to import the contact list.
Image_977_0
__rendered_path__126
The web user interface prompts "The original contact will be covered, continue?".
Click OK to complete importing the contact list.
a CSV contact list file via web user interface:
Click on Directory->Local Directory.
Click Browse to locate a contact list file (the file format must be *.csv) from your local
system.
(Optional.) Check the Show Title checkbox.
It will prevent importing the title of the contact information which is located in the first line
of the CSV file.
Click Import CSV to import the contact list.
(Optional.) Mark the On radio box in the Delete Old Contacts field.
It will delete all existing contacts while importing the contact list.
(Optional.) Select the contact information you want to import into the local directory from
the pull-down list of Index.
73

Page 84
User Guide for the SIP
Blacklist
You can store
add, edit, delete or search for a contact in the blacklist directory, and even call
__rendered_path__5
Note
74
-T46S IP Phone
At least one item should be selected to be imported into the local directory.
7. Click Import to complete importing the contact list.
To export a contact list via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Export XML (or Export CSV).
3. Click Save to save the contact list to your local system.
Importing/exporting contact lists is available via web user interface only.
The built-in phone directory can store names and phone numbers for a blacklist.
up to 30 contacts,
a contact from the blacklist directory. Incoming calls from blacklist directory contacts will be
rejected automatically.
To add a contact to the blacklist directory manually:
1. Press Menu->Directory->Blacklist.
2. Press the Add soft key.
Image_979_0__rendered_path__112__rendered_path__113

Page 85
add
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
5.
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
Customizing Your Phone
Enter the name and the office, mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields.
Image_983_0
__rendered_path__160
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired account from the Account
Image_476_0
field.
Image_478_0
If Auto is selected, the phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact
from the blacklist directory.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
a contact to the blacklist directory from the local directory:
Press Directory soft key.
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_927_0
__rendered_path__160
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Menu->Directory->Local Directory to enter the local directory.
Select the desired contact group and then press the Enter soft key.
If the contact is not in any group, select All Contacts and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
Press or to highlight the desired contact.
Press the Option soft key, and then select Add to Blacklist from the prompt list.
75

Page 86
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
The LCD screen prompts the following warning:
Image_998_0
__rendered_path__122
5. Press the OK soft key to accept the change.
For operating instructions on editing, deleting, placing calls to and/or searching for contacts in
the blacklist directory, refer to the operating instructions of Editing Contacts on page 66,
Deleting Contacts on page 67, Placing Calls to Contacts on page 70 and/or Searching for
Contacts on page 71.
Remote Phone Book
You can add new contacts to the local directory, search for a contact, or simply dial a contact
number from the remote phone book.
You can configure your new phone to access up to 5 remote phone books. For the access URL of
the remote phone book, contact your system administrator.
For operating instructions on placing calls to and/or searching for contacts in the remote phone
book, refer to the operating instructions of Placing Calls to Contacts on page 70 and/or
Searching for Contacts on page 71.
Configuring an Access URL
To configure an access URL for a remote phone book via web user interface:
1.
Click on Directory->Remote Phone Book.
2.
Enter the access URL in the Remote URL field.
76

Page 87
Accessing the Remote Phone Book
Incoming/Outgoing Call Lookup
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Customizing Your Phone
3.
Enter the name in the Display Name field.
Image_1002_0
__rendered_path__103
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
An access URL for a remote phone book is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__106
To access your remote phone book via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Directory->Remote Phone Book.
If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory (refer to Directory on page 59), press
Directory->Remote Phone Book to enter the remote phone book.
2. Select the desired remote group, and then press the Enter soft key.
The phone then connects to the remote phone book and proceeds to load it. The contacts
in the remote phone book are displayed on the LCD screen.
Image_1003_0
__rendered_path__105
3. Press the Back soft key to back to the previous screen.
An access URL for a remote phone book is configurable via web user interface only.
The size of a remote phone book file should be less than 1.5M.
__rendered_path__112
You can enable the phone to present the caller/callee identity stored in the remote phone book
77

Page 88
User Guide for the SIP
Call History Management
Viewing History Records
__rendered_path__5
78
-T46S IP Phone
when receiving/placing a call.
To configure incoming/outgoing call lookup and update time interval via web user
interface:
1.
Click on Directory->Remote Phone Book.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Incoming/Outgoing Call Lookup.
3.
Enter the desired refresh period in the Update Time Interval(Seconds) field.
The default value is 21600.
Image_1005_0
__rendered_path__210
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The SIP-T46S IP phone maintains call history lists of Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
and Forwarded Calls. Each call history list supports up to 100 entries. You can view call history,
place a call, add a contact or delete an entry from the call history list.
History record feature is enabled by default. If you don’t want to save the call history, you can
disable the feature.
To view call history:
1. Press the History soft key.
The LCD screen displays all call records.
Image_476_0
2. Press or to switch among All Calls, Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
Image_478_0
and Forwarded Calls.
Image_738_0
3. Press or to select the desired entry.
Image_474_0
4. Press the Option soft key, and then select Detail from the prompt list.
The detailed information of the entry appears on the LCD screen.

Page 89
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Placing a Call from History Records
To place a call from the call history list:
1. Press the History soft key.
Image_752_0Image_478_0
2. Press or to switch among All Calls, Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
and Forwarded Calls.
Image_738_0
3. Press or to select the desired entry.
Image_474_0
4. Press the Send soft key.
Adding a Contact to the Local Directory/Blacklist
To add a contact to the local directory (or blacklist directory) from the call history list:
1. Press the History soft key.
Image_752_0Image_478_0
2. Press or to switch among All Calls, Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
and Forwarded Calls.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
3. Press or to select the desired entry.
4. Press the Option soft key, and then select Add to Contact (or Add to Blacklist) from the
prompt list.
5. Enter the desired values in the corresponding fields.
6. Press the Save soft key.
For more information on local directory and/or blacklist, refer to Local Directory on page 61
and/or Blacklist on page 74.
Deleting History Records
To delete an entry from the call history list:
1. Press the History soft key.
Image_476_0
2. Press or to switch among All Calls, Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
Image_478_0
and Forwarded Calls.
Image_738_0
3. Press or to select the desired entry.
Image_474_0
4. Press the Delete soft key.
To delete all entries from the call history list:
1. Press the History soft key.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
2. Press or to switch among All Calls, Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
and Forwarded Calls.
3. Press the Option soft key, and then select Delete All from the prompt list.
4. Press the OK soft key.
79

Page 90
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
The LCD screen prompts Delete all the call records?.
Image_1012_0
__rendered_path__115
5. Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
Disabling History Record
To disable history record via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Others->General.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Disabled from the History Record
field.
Image_1013_0
__rendered_path__115
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Search Source List in Dialing
You can search for a contact from the desired lists when the phone is on the dialing screen. The
lists can be Local Directory, History, Remote Phone Book and LDAP.
Note
LDAP is disabled by default. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__119
To configure search source list in dialing via web user interface:
__rendered_path__120
1. Click on Directory->Setting.
2. In the Search Source List In Dialing block, select the desired list from the Disabled column
80

Page 91
Customizing Your Phone
Search source list in dialing is
To search for an entry in the enabled search source lists:
entry’s
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
5.
6.
Note
1.
2.
and click .
Image_1016_0
The selected list appears in the Enabled column.
Repeat the step 2 to add more lists to the Enabled column.
To remove a list from the Enabled column, select the desired list and then click .
Image_923_0
To adjust the display order of the enabled list, select the desired list, and click
Image_1018_0
or .
Image_1017_0
The LCD screen will display search results in the adjusted order.
Image_1015_0
Click Confirm to accept the change.
__rendered_path__89
configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__90
Pick up the handset, press the Speakerphone key or press the line key.
Enter a few continuous characters of the entry’s name or continuous numbers of the
phone number (office, mobile or other number) using the keypad.
81

Page 92
User Guide for the SIP
System Customizations
Headset Use
Headset
__rendered_path__5
Note
82
-T46S IP Phone
The entries in the enabled search source lists whose name or phone number matches the
Image_474_0Image_738_0
characters entered will appear on the LCD screen. You can press or to scroll to
the desired entry and then place a call to the entry.
Image_1026_0
__rendered_path__164
If you want to use a wired headset, physically connect your headset to the phone and activate
the headset mode for use. For more information on physically connecting a headset, refer to
Phone Installation on page 20.
If you want to use a wireless headset, insert the Bluetooth USB dongle into the USB port at the
back of the IP phone. For more information on using a Bluetooth headset, refer to Bluetooth Headset
on page 84.
This section provides an introduction to wired headset use.
If both a Bluetooth headset and a wired headset are connected, only the Bluetooth headset can
be used.
To use headset, make sure the headset mode is enabled. Contact your system administrator for
more information.
__rendered_path__165
Mode Activation/Deactivation
To activate the headset mode:
Image_1027_0
1. Press on the phone.
Image_493_0
The HEADSET key LED illuminates solid green and the headset icon appears on the idle
screen.
Press the line key or the Answer soft key to answer an incoming call. The call will be
connected to your headset automatically.
Enter the desired number and then press the Send soft key, the phone will then place a call
using the headset automatically. For more information on using the headset to place a call,
refer to Placing Calls on page 115.

Page 93
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To deactivate the headset mode:
Image_1027_0
1. Press again on the phone.
Image_493_0
The HEADSET key LED goes out and the headset icon disappears from the idle screen.
Headset Prior
You can use headset in priority when headset prior feature is enabled. This feature is especially
useful for permanent or full-time headset users.
To enable headset prior via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Headset Prior.
Image_1029_0
__rendered_path__130
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To use headset prior, you should activate the headset mode in advance:
1. Physically connect the headset.
Image_1030_0
2. Press to activate the headset mode.
Note
If headset prior is
enabled, t
he headset
mode will not be deactivated until you press the
HEADSET key again.
__rendered_path__132
If headset prior is disabled, the headset mode can be deactivated by pressing the Speakerphone
__rendered_path__137
key or the HEADSET key.
__rendered_path__143
Headset prior is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__131__rendered_path__132
Dual Headset
You can use two headsets when dual headset feature is enabled. To use this feature, you must
physically connect headsets to the headset jack and handset jack respectively. Once the phone
83

Page 94
User Guide for the SIP
Bluetooth
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
84
-T46S IP Phone
connects to a call, the headset connected to the headset jack will have full-duplex capabilities,
while the one connected to the handset jack will only be able to listen.
To enable dual headset via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Dual Headset.
Image_1032_0
__rendered_path__101
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Dual headset is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__102
Headset
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports Bluetooth. Bluetooth enables low-bandwidth wireless
connections within a range of 10 meters (32 feet). The best performance is in the 1 to 2 meters
(3 to 6 feet) range.
You can activate/deactivate the Bluetooth mode on the phone, and then pair and connect the
Bluetooth headset with your phone. You can pair up to 30 Bluetooth headsets with your phone.
However, only one headset can be connected at a time. You can also disconnect and delete your
Bluetooth headset from the phone.
Ensure th
at the Bluetooth USB dongle is properly connected to the USB port at the back of the IP
__rendered_path__108
phone. For more information, refer to Phone Installation on page 20.

Page 95
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Activating the Bluetooth Mode
When you insert Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 into the USB port at the back of the IP phone, the
LCD screen prompts “Adapter has been added, scanning the bluetooth devices right now?”. You
can press the OK soft key to enter the Bluetooth screen. You can activate Bluetooth mode and
then scan Bluetooth devices.
Image_1036_0
__rendered_path__120
To activate the Bluetooth mode via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth.
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select On from the Bluetooth field.
Image_1037_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__120
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
Image_1038_0
The LCD screen displays the Bluetooth icon .
Bluetooth mode is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Bluetooth.
Pairing and Connecting the Bluetooth Headset
Before you pair a Bluetooth headset, check the indicator on the Bluetooth headset to make sure
that the Bluetooth headset is discoverable. For more information, refer to the documentation
from the Bluetooth headset manufacturer.
To pair and connect your Bluetooth headset to your IP phone:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth.
2. Press the Scan soft key to search the Bluetooth devices.
85

Page 96
User Guide for the SIP
86
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
The LCD screen prompts the following message:
Image_1041_0
__rendered_path__86
The phone proceeds to scan the local Bluetooth devices. When the phone completes
scanning, it will display the available Bluetooth devices on the LCD screen.
Image_1042_0
__rendered_path__88
3. Select the desired Bluetooth headset and then press Connect soft key.
4. Enter the desired PIN in the Password field.
The default PIN is 0000.
Image_1043_0
__rendered_path__90
5. Press the OK soft key.
The Bluetooth headset is then automatically connected to your IP phone.
Image_1044_0
The Bluetooth icon appears on the LCD screen.
With the Bluetooth headset paired and connected, you can use the Bluetooth headset to place
and answer calls. For more information, refer to the documentation from the Bluetooth headset
manufacturer.

Page 97
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Viewing the Bluetooth Headset Information
To view the Bluetooth headset information:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth->Paired Bluetooth Device.
The LCD screen displays a list of paired and connected Bluetooth headsets.
Image_1047_0
__rendered_path__97
2. Select the desired Bluetooth headset.
3. Press the Option soft key, and then select Detail from the prompt list to view the Bluetooth
headset information:
Device Name
: the name of the Bluetooth headset.
MAC
Address
: the MAC address of the Bluetooth headset
.
Image_1048_0
__rendered_path__97
Editing Device Information
To edit device information via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth->Edit My Device Information.
The LCD screen displays the device name and MAC address. The MAC address cannot be
edited.
2. Enter the desired name in the Device Name field.
87

Page 98
User Guide for the SIP
Disconnecting the Bluetooth Headset
Deleting the Paired Bluetooth Headset
__rendered_path__5
88
-T46S IP Phone
The default device name is Yealink T46S.
Image_1050_0
__rendered_path__135
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
The preconfigured Bluetooth device name will display in scanning list of other devices.
You can disconnect the Bluetooth headset from your phone. After you disconnect the Bluetooth
headset, it will still remain paired and be displayed in the Paired Bluetooth Device list. So you
can easily connect it to your IP phone again.
To disconnect your Bluetooth headset from your phone:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth->Paired Bluetooth Device.
2. Select the connected Bluetooth headset.
3. Press the Disconnect soft key.
The Bluetooth headset is disconnected. To connect it to your IP phone again, press the
Connect soft key.
You can delete your Bluetooth headset from your phone. When you delete the Bluetooth
headset, it disappears from the Paired Bluetooth Device list. To connect it to your IP phone
again, you need to scan and connect it again.
To delete your Bluetooth headset from your phone:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth->Paired Bluetooth Device.
2. Select the Bluetooth headset you want to delete.
3. Press the Option soft key, and then select Delete from the prompt list.
The LCD screen prompts the following warning “Delete selected item?”.

Page 99
Deactivating the Bluetooth Mode
DSS Keys
Keys
__rendered_path__3
Note
Line
Customizing Your Phone
4. Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
You can also delete all headsets by pressing the Option soft key and then select Delete All. For
more information, refer to the above steps.
If you cannot connect a Bluetooth headset to the phone successfully, we recommend that you
delete the Bluetooth headset from the Paired Bluetooth Device list (if it exists) before pairing it.
__rendered_path__236
To deactivate the Bluetooth mode via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Basic->Bluetooth.
Image_752_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Off from the Bluetooth field.
Image_1052_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__235
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
The Bluetooth icon disappears from the phone.
Image_1044_0
The Bluetooth headset won’t be connected anymore, but it will still be paired. When you
activate the Bluetooth mode again, the paired Bluetooth headset will appear in the Paired
Bluetooth Devices list.
Bluetooth mode is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Bluetooth.
There are three types of DSS keys: Line Keys, Programable Keys and Ext Keys. Details will be
introduced in the following. The SIP-T46S IP phone supports 27 line keys and 13 programable
keys.
You can assign predefined functionalities to line keys. You can also define a label for a line key
feature which will appear on the LCD screen. Line keys allow you to quickly access features such
as recall and voice mail. The line key LEDs will indicate the monitored status when the line keys
are assigned with particular features, such as BLF. The default key type of line key 1-16 is Line.
The default key type of line key 17-27 is N/A, which indicates that this line key provides no
89

Page 100
User Guide for the SIP
Note
__rendered_path__5
90
-T46S IP Phone
functionality until configuration.
To assign functionality to a line key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired line key, and then press the Enter soft key.
3. Select the desired key type from the Type field.
4. (Optional.) Select the desired key event type from the Key Type field.
5. (Optional.) Select the desired line from the Account ID field.
6. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
7. (Optional.) Enter the corresponding value in the Value field.
8. (Optional.) Enter the corresponding value in the Extension field.
9. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Line key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
When the phone is idle, you can also long press the line key to configure it directly on the phone.
__rendered_path__191
You can assign functionalities to 27 line keys. These 27 line keys are indicated on three pages.
When you assign functionality to line keys located in line key 1-10, the labels of line keys are
indicated on the first page. The following figure shows an example:
Image_1054_0
__rendered_path__190

Page 101
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
When you assign functionality to line key located in line key 11-27, the label of the line key
10-18 are indicated on the second page, and the labels of the line key 19-27 are indicated on
the third page. The line key in the right bottom is used to switch pages. The following figure
shows an example:
Image_1058_0
__rendered_path__132
The following table lists the page icons:
__rendered_path__50
Icons
Description
__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__50
Indicates the current page of line keys.
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__51
Indicates the non-current page of line keys.
__rendered_path__50
Page Tips
__rendered_path__52
You can use page tips feature to enable the page icon and page switch key LED to indicate
__rendered_path__50
different statuses. This feature is disabled by default.
__rendered_path__50
The following table lists the page icons to indicate different statuses:
__rendered_path__53
Icons
Description
__rendered_path__53
Fast-flashing: the BLF monitored user receives an incoming call
__rendered_path__53
on the non-current page.
__rendered_path__50
__rendered_path__51
Solid: there is a parked call on the non-current page.
__rendered_path__50
Fast-flashing: the line receives an incoming call on the
__rendered_path__52
non-current page.
__rendered_path__50
For more information on the page switch key LED status, refer to LED Instructions on page 9.
__rendered_path__57Image_1059_0
__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__50Image_1061_0Image_1063_0Image_1065_0
91

Page 102
User Guide for the SIP
Label Length
__rendered_path__5
Note
92
-T46S IP Phone
To configure the page icon to indicate status via web user interface:
1. Click on Dsskey->Line Key.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Enable Page Tips.
Image_1068_0
__rendered_path__88
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Page tips features are configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__91
You can specify labels for some key features, which will be displayed on the idle LCD screen. If
the length of the label exceeds the maximum display length, the phone will only display the first
few characters. You can configure the phone to display more characters via label length feature.
The following figure shows an example of label display when the label length feature is set to
Extended:
Image_1069_0
__rendered_path__90

Page 103
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
The following figure shows an example of label display when the label length feature is set to
Mid-range:
Image_1071_0
__rendered_path__66
The following figure shows an example of label display when the label length feature is set to
Default:
Image_1072_0
__rendered_path__66
To configure the label length via web user interface:
1.
Click on Dsskey->Line Key.
2.
Select Extended from the pull-down list of Label Length.
Image_1073_0
__rendered_path__69
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
L
abel length features are configurable via web user
interface only.
__rendered_path__70
93

Page 104
115
For more information, contact your system administrator.
eature to accept incoming calls, place active calls on hold or resume a
will be applied to)
LED flashes green
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Line Key Features
Line key features are explained in the following subchapters in detail:
Line
Speed Dial
Voice Mail
Direct
Pick
u
p
Group Pickup
DTMF
Prefix
Local Group
XML
Group
X
ML
Brow
s
er
LDAP
Conference
Forward
Transfer
Hold
DND
SMS
Group Listening
Zero
T
ouch
URL
Phone
Lock
Directory
For the features not listed above, refer to Basic Call Features on page
Features on page 161.
Line
You can use this key f
held call. It performs in the same way as a hard line key.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Line
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
Label
(key label displayed on the LCD
screen)
Value
(
Default/Lock
)
Usage: When the phone receives an incoming call, the Line key
94
and Advanced Phone
:

Page 105
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
1. Press the Line key to accept the incoming call.
2. Press the Line key to place a new call and the active call is placed on hold.
3. Press the Line key again to resume the held call.
If you select Lock from the Value field, the line keys located in the same position of the other
page will be automatically assigned Line feature with Lock filled in the Value field. This feature
is only applicable to line key 1-9. Then you can use this key on every page. If you select Default
from the Value field, you can only use this key on the current page.
Speed Dial
You can use this key feature to speed up dialing the numbers frequently used or hard to
remember.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Speed
Dial
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(the number you want to dial out)
Usage: Press the Speed Dial key to dial out the number specified in the Value field, using the
account selected from the Account ID field.
Voice Mail
You can use this key feature to quickly connect voice mail. For more information, refer to Voice
Mail on page 215.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key
Type
(
Voice Mail
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(the voice mail access code)
Usage: Press the Voice Mail key to dial out the voice mail access code. Then follow the voice
prompt to listen to the voice mails.
Direct Pickup
You can use this key feature to answer someone else’s incoming call on the phone.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key
Event
)
Key Type
(
D
Pickup
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
the
direct
ed
call
pickup code followed by the
target
phone number
)
Usage: Press the Direct Pickup key on your phone when the target phone number receives an
incoming call. The call is then answered on your phone.
95

Page 106
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Group Pickup
You can use this key feature to answer incoming calls in a group that is associated with their
own group.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
G
Pickup
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
the group call pickup code
)
Usage: Press the Group Pickup key on your phone when a phone number in the group receives
an incoming call. The call is answered on your phone.
DTMF
You can use this key feature to send the specification of arbitrary key sequences via DTMF.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
DTMF
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
DTMF
sequence
)
Usage: Press the DTMF key during an active call to send the key sequence specified in the
Value field.
Note
DTMF sequence can only contain “0-9”, ”*”, “#” and “A-E”.
__rendered_path__206
Prefix
You can use this key feature to add a specified prefix number before the dialed number.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Prefix
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
the
prefix number)
Usage: Press the Prefix key when the phone is idle, the phone will then enter the dialing screen
and display the prefix number that you specified in the Value field. You can enter the remaining
digits and then dial out.
Local Group
You can use this key feature to quickly access a contact group in the local directory. For more
information, refer to Local Directory on page 60.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Local Group
)
Local Group
(
the
contact group
name you want to access
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
96

Page 107
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Usage: Press the Local Group key to access the contact group specified in the Local Group
field.
XML Group
You can use this key feature to quickly access a remote group in your remote phone book. You
should configure remote phone book in advance. For more information, refer to Remote Phone
Book on page 76.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
XML
Group
)
XML Group
(the
remote group
name you want to access if remote phone
book is configured)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage: Press the XML Group key to access the remote group specified in the XML Group field.
XML Browser
You can use this key feature to quickly access an XML browser. The XML browser allows you to
create custom services which meet your functional requirements on the server. You can
customize practical applications, such as weather report, stock information, Google search, etc.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
XML
Browser
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(the access URL for
XML
browser)
Usage: Press the XML Browser key to access the XML browser specified in the Value field.
LDAP
You can use this key feature to quickly access a LDAP search screen.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
LDAP
)
Label
(key
label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage:
1. Press the LDAP key to access the LDAP search screen.
2. Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or continuous numbers of the
contact number using the keypad.
The contacts whose name or phone number matches the characters entered will appear on
the LCD screen.
Note
LDAP is disabled by default. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__246
__rendered_path__247
97

Page 108
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Conference
You can use this key feature to set up a conference call. For more information, refer to
Conference on page 145.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Conf
erence
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
the
number
you want to add to the conference
)
Usage: Press the Conference key during an active call to set up a conference with the number
specified in the Value field.
Note
If the Value field is left blank, the Conference key performs the same as the Conference soft key
during a call.
__rendered_path__234
Forward
__rendered_path__235
You can use this key feature to forward an incoming call to someone else. For more information,
refer to Call Forward on page 133.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Forward
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
the
number
you want to forward to
)
Usage:
Press the Forward key to forward an incoming call to the number specified in the Value field.
Note
If the Value field is left blank, the Forward key performs the same as the Forward soft key when
receiving an incoming call.
__rendered_path__218
Transfer
__rendered_path__219
When there is an active call on the phone, you can use this key feature to handle the call
differently depending on the transfer mode assigned to the DSS key.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Transfer
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Value
(
the
number
you want to
transfer
to
)
Usage:
When the transfer mode on DSS key is
Blind Transfer
, p
ress the
Transfer
key to
complete
the blind transfer to the number specified in the Value field.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is
Attended Transfer
,
p
ress the
Transfer
key
to dial
out the number specified in the Value field, and then perform the attended or
98

Page 109
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
semi-attended transfer.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is
New Call
,
press the
Transfer
key
to place a new call
to the number specified in the Value field.
Note
Transfer mode via DSS key is configurable via web user interface at the path
Features->Transfer->Transfer Mode Via Dsskey.
If the Value field is left blank, the Transfer key performs the same as the TRANSFER key or the
Transfer soft key during a call. For more information, refer to Call Transfer on page 141.
__rendered_path__206
Hold
__rendered_path__207
You can use this key feature to place an active call on hold or retrieve a held call.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Hold
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage:
1. Press the Hold key during an active call to place the call on hold.
2. Press the Hold key again to retrieve the held call.
DND
You can use this key feature to activate or deactivate DND. You can also use this key feature to
access the custom DND screen. For more information, refer to Do Not Disturb (DND) on page
128.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
D
ND
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage:
When DND is in phone mode:
1. Press the DND key to activate DND.
2. Press the DND key again to deactivate DND.
When DND is in custom mode:
1. Press the DND key to access the custom DND screen. You can activate or deactivate DND
for one or all accounts.
Note
When DND is activated, the DND key LED will illuminate solid green, and the incoming calls will
be rejected automatically.
__rendered_path__239
SMS
__rendered_path__240
You can use this key feature to quickly access text message. For more information, refer to Short
Message Service (SMS) on page 213.
99

Page 110
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
SMS
)
Label
(key label displayed on the LCD
screen)
Usage: Press the SMS key when the phone is idle to access text message.
Group Listening
You can use this key feature to activate the Speakerphone and Handset/Headset mode at the
same time. It is suitable for the group conversations which have more than one person present
at one end. You are able to speak and listen through the handset/headset, while the others
nearby can only listen through the speaker.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Group Listening
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage:
1. During a call, press the Group Listening key to activate the group listening mode.
You can then speak and listen through the handset/headset, while other people at your
side can only listen through the speaker at the same time.
2. Press the Group Listening key again to deactivate the group listening mode.
Zero Touch
You can use this key feature to quickly configure auto provision and network parameters.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Zero
T
ouch
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage:
1. Press the Zero Touch key to access the zero touch screen.
2. Press the OK soft key within a few seconds.
3. Configure the network parameters in the corresponding fields.
4. Press the Next soft key.
5. Configure the auto provision parameters in the corresponding fields.
6. Press the OK soft key.
The phone will reboot to update configurations.
URL
You can use this key feature to trigger the phone to send an HTTP GET request containing a
specific URL.
Dependencies:
Type
(
URL
)
Label
(key label
display
ed
on the LCD screen)
URL
(
the URL contained in the HTTP GET request
)
100

Page 111
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Usage: Press the URL key to trigger the phone to send an HTTP GET request containing the
URL specified in the URL field.
Phone Lock
Image_1110_0
You can use this key feature to immediately lock your phone instead of long pressing . For
more information, refer to Phone Lock on page 52.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Phone
Lock
)
Label
(key label display
ed
on the LCD screen)
Usage: When the phone lock feature is enabled, press the Phone Lock key to immediately lock
Image_1110_0
your phone instead of long pressing .
Directory
You can use this key feature to easily access frequently used lists. For more information, refer to
Directory on page 59.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Directory
)
Label
(key label displayed on the LCD screen)
Usage: Press the Directory key to immediately access frequently used lists.
Note
The Directory key performs the same function as the Directory soft key when the phone is idle.
__rendered_path__161
Programable Keys
__rendered_path__162
You can customize the soft keys, navigation keys and function keys.
To customize programable keys via web user interface:
1. Click on Dsskey->Programable Key.
101

Page 112
User Guide for the SIP
Note
102
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
2. Customize specific features for these keys.
Image_1113_0
__rendered_path__134
3. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Label is configurable only when customizing SoftKey (1-4).
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Programable keys are configurable via web user interface only.
The MUTE key cannot be customized when keep mute feature is enabled. For more information,
contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__135
You can click Reset To Default to reset custom settings to defaults.
Then you can press the keys on the phone to perform the features you configured.
For example:
Switch Account Up
You can use this key feature to change the default account.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Switch Account Up
)
Usage: Press the Switch Account Up key to scroll up the account list to select the desired
default account.
Switch Account Down
You can use this key feature to change the default account.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Switch Account
Down
)
Usage: Press the Switch Account Down key to scroll down the account list to select the desired
default account.

Page 113
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Ext Keys
If EXP40 is connected to the phone, you can customize features for ext keys.
To customize ext keys via phone user interface:
1. Long press the desired ext key on EXP40.
The IP phone LCD screen will enter the user setting interface of this key.
2. Customize the specific features for this key on the IP phone.
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Ext keys are configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Ext Key.
For more information, refer to
Yealink
EXP40 User Guide
.
Account Management
You can register one or multiple accounts on the SIP-T46S IP phone. You can also configure
each line key to associate with an account or configure multiple line keys to associate with an
account.
Account Registration
To register an account via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Accounts.
2. Select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key.
3. Select Enabled from the Activation field.
4. Enter the desired value in Label, Display Name, Register Name, User Name, Password
and SIP Server1/2 field respectively. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
5. If you use the outbound proxy servers, do the following:
Image_752_0Image_478_0
1) Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Outbound Status
field.
2) Enter the desired value in the Outbound Proxy1/2 and Fallback Interval field
respectively. Contact your system administrator for more information.
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
You can repeat steps 2 to 6 to register more accounts.
The following figures demonstrate single or multiple accounts registered on the phone:
103

Page 114
User Guide for the SIP
soft key to cancel
via web user interface at the path
Account
Default Account
__rendered_path__5
104
-T46S IP Phone
Single account:
Multiple accounts:
To disable an account via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Accounts.
2. Select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key.
3. Select Disabled from the Activation field.
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back
Registering an account is configurable
To configure the default account via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Features->Others->Default Account.
Image_1117_0
__rendered_path__122
.
Image_1118_0__rendered_path__124
->Register.

Page 115
Multiple Line Keys per Account
__rendered_path__3
Note
Customizing Your Phone
Image_752_0
2.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired account.
Image_1120_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__50
3.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Image_752_0Image_478_0
Default account can be set by pressing or on the idle screen. It has priority when placing a
call.
The phone’s default account cannot be changed after reboot.
__rendered_path__53
__rendered_path__54
You can configure multiple line keys to associate with an account. This enhances call
visualization and simplifies call handling.
Image_1121_0
__rendered_path__52
105

Page 116
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
If this is the case, the LCD screen will resemble the following figure:
Image_1127_0
__rendered_path__263
Incoming calls to this account will be distributed evenly among the available line keys. Outgoing
calls will be distributed similarly.
Your phone can be configured to have a combination of accounts with a single line key and
accounts with multiple line keys.
Dial Plan
Dial plan is a string of characters that governs the way your SIP-T46S IP phone processes the
inputs received from your phone keypad.
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports the following dial plan features:
Replace Rule
Dial
N
ow
Area Code
Block Out
The basic expression syntax you need to know:
__rendered_path__121
The dot "." can be used as a placeholder or multiple placeholders for any
__rendered_path__121
.
character. Example:
__rendered_path__122
"12." would match "123", "1234", "12345", "12abc", etc.
__rendered_path__121
x
An
"
12x
"
x
"
"
would match
can be used as a placeholder for any character.
"
12
1
"
,
"
12
2
"
,
"
12
3
"
,
"12
a
",
etc.
Example:
__rendered_path__123
-
Numeric ranges are allowed within the brackets: Digit “-” Digit. Example:
__rendered_path__121
“[5-7]” would match the number”5”, ”6”or ”7”.
__rendered_path__121
The square brackets "[]" can be used as a placeholder for a single character
__rendered_path__124
[]
which matches any of a set of characters. Example:
__rendered_path__124
"91[5-7]1234" would match "9151234", "9161234", "9171234".
__rendered_path__124
The parentheses "( )" can be used to group together patterns, for instance, to
__rendered_path__121
()
logically combine two or more patterns. Example:
__rendered_path__122
"([1-9])([2-7])3" would match "923", "153", "773", etc.
__rendered_path__121
106
__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__162__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__124__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__261__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__261__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__123__rendered_path__261__rendered_path__121__rendered_path__121

Page 117
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
The “$” followed by the sequence number of a parenthesis means the
__rendered_path__29
characters placed in the parenthesis. The sequence number stands for the
__rendered_path__29
corresponding parenthesis. Example:
__rendered_path__30
$
A replace rule configuration, Prefix: "001(xxx)45(xx)", Replace: "9001$145$2".
__rendered_path__29
When you dial out "0012354599" on your phone, the IP phone will replace the
__rendered_path__31
number with "90012354599". “$1” means 3 digits in the first parenthesis, that
__rendered_path__29
is, “235”. “$2” means 2 digits in the second parenthesis, that is, “99”.
__rendered_path__29
Note
The IP phone supports a new dial plan mechanism digit map. Digit maps are defined by a single
__rendered_path__32
string or a list of strings. If a number you dial matches any string of a digit map, the call is
__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__32
automatically placed.
__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__32
Note that if digit map feature is enabled, the old dial plan rules (described in this chapter) will be
__rendered_path__30
ignored. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__29
__rendered_path__31
Replace Rule
__rendered_path__29
You can configure one or more replace rules (up to 100) to remove the specified string and
__rendered_path__29
replace it with another string. You can configure a pattern with wildcards (refer to the expression
__rendered_path__162
syntax in the table above), so that any string that matches the pattern will be replaced. This
__rendered_path__163
feature is convenient for you to dial out a long number. For example, a replace rule is configured
as Prefix: 1 and Replace: 1234567, when you try to dial out the number 1234567, you just
need to enter 1 on the phone and then press the Send soft key.
To add a replace rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
2. Enter the string (e.g., 1) in the Prefix field.
3. Enter the string (e.g., 1234567) in the Replace field.
4. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
Image_1129_0
__rendered_path__161
107

Page 118
User Guide for the SIP
N
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
Dial
108
-T46S IP Phone
5. Click Add to add the replace rule.
When you enter the number “1” using the keypad and then press the Send soft key, the
phone will dial out “1234567” instead.
The valid values for the Account field can be one or more digits among 1-16. Every two digits
must be separated by a comma. For example, when you enter the value “1, 2” in the Account
field, this replace rule will apply to account 1 and account 2.
If you leave the Account field blank or enter 0, the replace rule will apply to all accounts.
__rendered_path__237
To edit a replace rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
2. Select the desired replace rule by checking the checkbox.
3. Edit the values in the Prefix and Replace fields.
4. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
5. Click Edit to accept the change.
To delete one or more replace rules via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
2. Select the one or more replace rules by checking the checkbox(es).
3. Click Del to delete the replace rule(s).
Replace rule is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__266
ow
You can configure one or more dial now rules (up to 100) on your phone. When the dialed
number matches the dial now string, the number will be dialed out automatically. For example, a
dial now rule is configured as "1xxx", any entered four-digit string beginning with 1 will then be
dialed out automatically on the phone.
To add a dial now rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Dial Now.
2. Enter the desired value (e.g., 1xxx) in the Rule field.
3. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.

Page 119
Note
__rendered_path__3
Customizing Your Phone
For more information on the valid values for the Account field, refer to Replace Rule on
page 107.
Image_1134_0
__rendered_path__82
4. Click Add to add the dial now rule.
When you enter the number 1234 using the keypad, the phone will dial out 1234
automatically without the pressing of any key.
You can also edit or delete the dial now rule, refer to Replace Rule on page 107 for more
information.
Dial now rule is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__83
Time Out for Dial Now Rule
You can configure the delay time for dial now rules. That is, you can configure your phone to
automatically dial out the phone number which matches a dial now rule, after the designated
delay time.
109

Page 120
User Guide for the SIP
Area Code
__rendered_path__5
Note
110
-T46S IP Phone
To configure the delay time for dial now rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Enter the time between 0 and 14 (seconds) in the Time Out for Dial Now Rule field.
The default value is “1”.
Image_1138_0
__rendered_path__151
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Time out for dial now rule is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__152
Area codes are also known as Numbering Plan Areas (NPAs). They usually indicate geographical
areas in a country. This feature is necessary when dialing a phone number outside the code area.
For example, an area code is configured as "Code: 0592, Min Length: 1, Max Length: 15". When
you dial out the number "56789" (the length of the number is between 1 and 15), the phone will
add the area code and dial out the number "059256789". You can only configure one area code
rule on your phone.
To configure the area code via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Area Code.
2. Enter the desired values in the Code, Min Length (1-15) and Max Length (1-15) fields.
3. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.

Page 121
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
For more information on the valid values for the Account field, refer to Replace Rule on
page 107.
Image_1144_0
__rendered_path__108
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
The
default value of
minimum
and
maximum
length
is 1 and 15 respectively.
Area code is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__111
Block Out
You can block some specific numbers (up to 10) from being dialed on your phone. When you
dial a block out number on your phone, the dialing will fail and the LCD screen will prompt
"Forbidden Number".
To add a block out number via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Block Out.
2. Enter the desired value in the BlockOut NumberX field.
3. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
For more information on the valid values for the Account field, refer to Replace Rule on
page 107.
Image_1145_0
__rendered_path__110
111

Page 122
User Guide for the SIP
Emergency Number
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
Note
112
-T46S IP Phone
4. Click Confirm to add the block out number.
Block out number is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__132
Public telephone networks in countries around the world have a single emergency telephone
number (emergency services number), that allows a caller to contact local emergency services
for assistance when necessary. The emergency telephone number may differ from country to
country. It is typically a three-digit number so that it can be easily remembered and dialed
quickly. Some countries have a different emergency number for each of the different emergency
services.
You can specify the emergency telephone numbers on the IP phone for contacting the
emergency services in an emergency situation. You can dial these numbers when the phone is
locked. For more information on phone lock, refer to Phone Lock on page 52.
Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbers in your area.
The IP phone also supports the emergency dialplan, which allows users to make emergency calls
if the phone is locked or unregistered. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__115
To specify emergency numbers via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Phone Lock.
2. Enter the emergency number in the Emergency field.
For multiple emergency numbers, enter a comma between every two numbers. The default
emergency numbers are 112, 911 and 110.
Image_1149_0
__rendered_path__114
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
__rendered_path__132
Emergency number is configurable via web user interface only.

Page 123
Live Dialpad
ine
__rendered_path__3
Note
Hotl
Customizing Your Phone
You can enable live dialpad feature on the SIP-T46S IP phone, which enables the IP phone to
automatically dial out a phone number without pressing the send key. You can also configure a
delay, and then the phone will dial out the phone number automatically after the designated
period of time.
To enable the live dialpad via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Preference.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Live Dialpad.
3. Enter the desired delay time in the Inter Digit Time(1~14s) field.
The default delay time is 4s.
Image_1151_0
__rendered_path__153
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Live dialpad is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__154
You can dial a hotline number immediately upon lifting the handset, pressing the Speakerphone
key or the line key. You can also configure a delay, and then the phone will dial out the hotline
number automatically after the designated period of time.
To configure the hotline number via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Others->Hot Line.
2. Enter the desired number in the Hotline Number field.
113

Page 124
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
3. Enter the delay time in the Hotline Delay field.
The valid values range from 0 to 10 (seconds) and the default value is 4.
Image_1153_0
__rendered_path__64
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Hotline is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
114

Page 125
hone is designed to be easily used like a regular phone on a public switched
network (PSTN). You can place calls, answer calls, transfer a call to someone else
hone. Topics include:
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
__rendered_path__3
Basic Call Features
The SIP-T46S IP p
telephone
conduct a conference call.
This chapter provides basic operating instructions for the SIP-T46S IP p
Placing Calls
Answering Calls
Ending Calls
Redialing
Numbers
Recent Call In Dialing
Auto Answer
Auto Redial
Call Completion
ReCall
Call Mute
Call Hold/Resume
Do Not Disturb (DND)
Call Forward
Call Transfer
Call Waiting
Conference
Call Park
/
Retrieve
Call Pickup
Anonymous Call
Anonymous Call Rejection
administrator.
Placing Calls
You can place a call in one of three ways using your SIP-T46S IP phone:
Using the handset
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__133
, or
115

Page 126
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Using the speakerphone
Using the headset
You can also dial the number first, and then choose the way you want to speak to the other
party.
You can also search and dial a contact from call history, local directory or remote phone book.
For more information, refer to Contact Management on page 59 and Call History Management
on page 78.
During a call, you can alternate between Speakerphone, Headset, and Handset modes by
pressing the Speakerphone key, the HEADSET key, or by picking up the handset.
The call duration of the active call and far-site’s information (name or phone number) are visible
on the LCD screen. In the figure below, the call to 1026” (the phone number: 1026) has lasted
15 seconds.
Image_1182_0
__rendered_path__183
To place a call using the handset:
1. Pick up the handset.
2. Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
3. Press , , or the Send soft key.
The # key is configured as a send key by default. You can also set the * key as the send key, or
set neither. For more information, refer to the Key As Send on page 51.
Note
You can also dial using the SIP URI or IP address. To obtain the IP address of a phone, press the
OK key when the phone is idle. The maximum length of SIP URI or IP address length is 32
characters. For example, SIP URI: 3606@sip.com, IP: 192.168.1.15 (192*168*1*15).
Your phone may not support direct IP dialing. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__184
To place a call using the hands-free (speakerphone) mode:
Do one of the following:
-
With the handset on-hook, press or the line key to obtain a dial tone.
Image_1185_0
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key.
116

Page 127
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
-
With the handset on-hook, enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_1185_0
To place a call using the headset:
Do one of the following:
Image_1030_0
-
With the optional headset connected, press to activate the headset mode.
Press the line key to obtain a dial tone.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_1030_0
-
With the optional headset connected, press to activate the headset mode.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Note
To permanently use the headset mode, refer to Headset Prior on page 83.
__rendered_path__190
The SIP-T46S IP phone can handle multiple calls at a time. However, only one active call (the call
__rendered_path__191
that has audio associated with it) can be in progress at any time, other calls are placed on hold.
The SIP-T46S IP phone can handle a maximum of 50 calls at one time.
To place multiple calls:
You can have more than one call on your SIP-T46S IP phone. To place a new call during an active
call, do one of the following:
-
Press the line key. The active call is placed on hold.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_1190_0
-
Press or the Hold soft key to place the original call on hold.
Press the New Call soft key.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_472_0
You can press or to switch between calls, and then press the Resume soft key to
Image_474_0
retrieve the desired call.
Note
If multiple accounts are registered on the phone, you can first press the desired line key on the
idle screen or press the Line soft key on the dialing screen, and then you can use the selected
account to place a call.
__rendered_path__209__rendered_path__210
117

Page 128
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Answering Calls
When you are not in another call, you can answer a call in one of three ways:
Using the handset
Using the speakerphone
Using the headset
Note
You can reject incoming calls by pressing the X key or the Reject soft key. You can also activate
Do Not Disturb mode to ignore the incoming calls without ringing on your phone. For more
information, refer to Do Not Disturb (DND) on page 128.
You can forward incoming calls to someone else by pressing the Forward soft key. For more
information, refer to Call Forward on page 132.
__rendered_path__152
Answering When Not in Another Call
__rendered_path__153
Call duration and destination will always appear on the LCD screen for the active call.
To answer a call using the handset:
1. Pick up the handset.
To answer a call using the hands-free (speakerphone) mode:
Do one of the following:
-
Press .
Image_1198_0
-
With the handset on-hook and the headset mode deactivated, press the Answer soft key.
-
With the handset on-hook and the headset mode deactivated, press the line key with the
fast-flashing green LED indicator.
To answer a call using the headset:
Do one of the following:
Image_1030_0
-
Press .
-
With the headset mode activated, press the Answer soft key.
-
With the headset mode activated, press the line key with the fast-flashing green LED
indicator.
Answering When in Another Call
If you have an active call, and an incoming call arrives on the phone, do one of the following:
-
Press the Answer soft key.
The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold.
Image_1192_0
-
Press to access the new call.
118

Page 129
Ending Calls
Redialing
Recent Call In Dialing
__rendered_path__3
Note
Basic Call Features
Image_1201_0
Press or the Answer soft key.
The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold.
To end a call:
Do one of the following:
Image_1203_0
-
If you are using the handset, press , the End Call soft key or hang up the handset.
Image_1203_0
-
If you are using the headset, press , or the End Call soft key.
Image_1203_0
-
If you are using the speakerphone, press , or the End Call soft key.
Image_1203_0Image_1185_0
When a call is placed on hold, you cannot press to end it. You should press the Resume soft
Image_1203_0
key to resume the call, and then press to end it.
__rendered_path__151
Numbers
To redial the last dialed number from your phone:
Image_1206_0
1. Press twice.
A call to your last dialed number is attempted.
To redial a previously dialed number from your phone:
Image_1206_0
1. Press when the phone is idle.
Image_738_0
2. Press or to select the desired entry from the placed calls list, and then
Image_474_0
press or the Send soft key.
Image_1206_0
To view the placed calls list when the phone is on the dialing screen, you should enable recent
call in dialing in advance.
119

Page 130
User Guide for the SIP
or press the line key.
__rendered_path__5
Note
120
-T46S IP Phone
To enable recent call in dialing via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Setting.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Recent Call In Dialing.
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Recent call in dialing is configurable via web user interface only.
To view placed calls list when the phone is on the dialing screen:
1. Pick up the handset, press the Speakerphone key
The LCD screen displays the placed calls list.
Image_1208_0
__rendered_path__69
Image_1209_0__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__72

Page 131
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
You can also enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or continuous numbers
of the contact number (office, mobile or other number) to search from placed calls list.
Image_1213_0
__rendered_path__107
Auto Answer
You can use auto answer feature to automatically answer an incoming call on a line. Auto
answer is configurable on a per-line basis.
You can choose to mute the local microphone when an incoming call is answered automatically.
For more information, refer to Keep Mute on page 125.
To configure auto answer via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Auto Answer.
2. Select the desired line and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Auto Answer field.
Image_1214_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__107
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
121

Page 132
User Guide for the SIP
Auto Redial
__rendered_path__5
Note
122
-T46S IP Phone
The icon appears on the LCD screen only when the auto answer feature is enabled for
Image_499_0
the default account.
Image_1216_0
__rendered_path__130
Auto answer is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
Auto answer only takes effect when there is no other call in progress on the phone. If there is a
call in progress, the second incoming call cannot be automatically answered after ending the
current call by default. If you want to make the phone automatically answer the incoming call
after ending all calls, contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__135
You can enable auto redial to automatically redial a phone number when the called party is busy.
You can also configure the number of auto redial attempts and the time to wait between redial
attempts.
To configure auto redial via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Others->Auto Redial.
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Auto Redial field.
Image_478_0
3. Enter the desired time (in seconds) in the Redial Interval field.
The default value is 10.
4. Enter the desired number of redial attempts in the Redial Times field.
The default value is 10.
Image_1217_0__rendered_path__130

Page 133
Call Completion
__rendered_path__3
Basic Call Features
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Auto redial is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
To use auto redial:
When the called party is busy, the following prompt will appear on the LCD screen of the phone:
Image_1219_0
__rendered_path__69
1. Press the OK soft key to activate auto redial. The following prompt will appear on the LCD
screen of the phone:
Image_1220_0
__rendered_path__69
2. Wait for the designated period of time or press the OK soft key to redial the phone number.
The phone will retry as many times as configured until the called party is idle.
You can use call completion to notify the caller who failed to reach a desired party when the
party becomes available to receive a call.
123

Page 134
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To configure call completion via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Others->Call Completion.
Image_476_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Call Completion
Image_478_0
field.
Image_1222_0
__rendered_path__94
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Call completion is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General
Information.
To use call completion:
When the called party is busy, the following prompt will appear on the LCD screen of the phone:
Image_1223_0
__rendered_path__96
1. Press the OK soft key, the phone returns to the idle screen and call completion is activated.
When the called party becomes idle, the following prompt will appear on the LCD screen of the
phone:
Image_1224_0
__rendered_path__98
124

Page 135
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
1. Press the OK soft key to redial the number.
Note
Call completion is not available on all servers. For more information, contact your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__180
ReCall
You can press a recall key to place a call back to the last incoming call.
To configure a recall key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select ReCall from the Key Type field.
Image_476_0
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_1226_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__175
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
ReCall key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line key.
Call Mute
You can mute the microphone of the active audio device during an active call so that the other
party cannot hear you. You can also mute the microphone while dialing so that the other party
cannot hear you when the call is set up. It helps prevent the other party from hearing the
informal discussion when auto answer is enabled on his/her phone.
Call mute applies to all modes (Handset, Headset and Speakerphone).
Keep Mute
Normally, the mute feature is deactivated when the active call ends. Keep mute feature enables
you to make the mute state of your phone persist across calls. This feature should be
pre-configured by your system administrator. When keep mute is enabled and you press the
MUTE key, the phone stays in the mute state until you un-mute the microphone or until the
125

Page 136
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
phone restarts. It helps prevent the other party from hearing the noise coming from your room
when auto answer is enabled on your phone. When you mute the phone in an idle state or any
other states, the mute key LED illuminates solid red and the icon appears on the status bar.
Image_1228_0Image_501_0
__rendered_path__114
Muting a Call
To mute a call:
Image_1230_0
1. Press during an active call.
The mute key LED illuminates solid red. The LCD screen indicates that the call is now muted.
Image_1229_0
__rendered_path__116
To un-mute a call:
Image_1230_0
1. Press again to un-mute the call.
The mute key LED goes out.
Muting While Dialing
To mute the microphone while dialing:
Image_1230_0
1. Press on the pre-dialing, dialing or calling screen.
The mute key LED illuminates solid red. The call is muted automatically when setting up
successfully.
126

Page 137
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
To un-mute the microphone while dialing:
Image_1234_0
1. Press again on the pre-dialing, dialing or calling screen.
Note
You can also mute the microphone when the IP phone is ringing.
__rendered_path__127
Call Hold/Resume
You can place an active call on hold. Only one active call can be in progress at any time. Other
calls can be made and received while placing the original call on hold. When you place a call on
hold, your IP PBX may play music to the other party while waiting.
To place a call on hold:
Image_1233_0
1. Press or the Hold soft key during a call.
The line key LED flashes green. The LCD screen indicates that the call is on hold.
Image_1232_0
__rendered_path__123
Note
The phone will beep softly every 30 seconds to remind you that you still have a call on hold. The
phone ignores engaged audio device (handset or headset) and switches to Speakerphone to play
the hold tone by default. The Speakerphone key will light up for 1 second.
__rendered_path__132
To resume a held call:
Image_1233_0
1. Press or the Resume soft key.
Multiple Calls on Hold:
If multiple calls are placed on hold, do one of the following:
Image_738_0Image_474_0
-
Press or to switch between the calls, and then press the Resume soft key to
retrieve the desired call.
-
Press the corresponding line key to retrieve the call.
If more than two calls are on hold, a numbered prompt appears on the LCD screen, for example
2/4, indicating that this is the second call out of four calls.
127

Page 138
User Guide for the SIP
Do Not Disturb (DND)
__rendered_path__5
Note
128
-T46S IP Phone
You can use DND to reject incoming calls automatically on the phone. The prompt message n
New Missed Call(s)(n indicates the number of missed calls, e.g., 1 New Missed Call(s)) will
appear on the LCD screen, and callers will receive a busy message. All calls you receive while
DND is activated are logged to your missed calls list.
Image_1236_0
__rendered_path__100
The prompt message will display only if Missed Call Log for the line is enabled. Missed call log is
configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
You cannot activate or deactivate DND when DND feature is disabled. Contact your system
administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__102
When DND feature is activated, the IP phone supports displaying a large DND icon on the idle
screen. For more information, contact your system administrator.
Image_1237_0
__rendered_path__100
You can activate/deactivate DND for the phone system, or you can customize DND for each or
all accounts.
There are two DND modes:
Phone
(default):
DND is effective for the phone system.
Custom
:
DND can be configured for each or all accounts
.
To configure the DND mode via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Forward&DND.

Page 139
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Basic Call Features
2. In the DND block, mark the desired radio box in the Mode field.
Image_1239_0
__rendered_path__56
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
DND mode is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__59
To activate DND in phone mode:
1. Press the DND soft key when the phone is idle.
The icon appears on the status bar.
Image_1240_0Image_480_0
__rendered_path__58
When DND and busy forward are activated in phone mode, calls will be sent to the configured
destination number. For more information on busy forward, refer to Call Forward on page 133.
__rendered_path__65
__rendered_path__66
129

Page 140
User Guide for the SIP
130
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
To activate DND in custom mode:
1. Press the DND soft key when the phone is idle.
The LCD screen displays a list of accounts on the phone.
Image_1244_0
__rendered_path__134
2. Press or to select the desired account, and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_476_0Image_738_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the DND Status field.
Image_478_0Image_474_0
4. (Optional.) Enter the DND on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off Code
field.
If the on code or off code is configured, the IP phone will send the corresponding code to
activate or deactivate DND on the server. It is not available on all servers.
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
If you want to activate DND for all accounts, you can press the All On soft key.
Image_578_0
If you activate DND for the default account, the associated line icon will change to , and the
icon will appear on the status bar.
Image_1245_0Image_1246_0
__rendered_path__136

Page 141
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
If you activate DND for the non-default account, only the associated line icon will change
Image_1253_0
to .
Image_1249_0
__rendered_path__82
If you activate DND for all accounts, all line icons will change to and the icon will appear
Image_1253_0
on the status bar.
Image_1250_0Image_1246_0
__rendered_path__82
Note
When DND and busy forward are both activated for a specific account, calls to the specific
account will be sent to the configured destination number. For more information on call forward,
refer to Call Forward on page 133.
__rendered_path__84
You can receive incoming calls from authorized numbers when DND is activated.
__rendered_path__85
To configure the DND authorized numbers via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Forward&DND.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of DND Emergency.
3. Enter the numbers in the DND Authorized Numbers field.
131

Page 142
User Guide for the SIP
up by default. If you want to disable the
field.
__rendered_path__5
Note
132
-T46S IP Phone
For multiple numbers, enter a comma between every two numbers.
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
When DND is activated on the phone, the phone can still receive incoming calls from the
numbers specified in the DND Authorized Numbers field.
DND authorized number is configurable via web user interface only.
When the phone misses a call, a prompt window will pop
feature, contact your system administrator for more information.
To deactivate DND in phone mode:
1.
Press the DND soft key when the phone is idle.
To deactivate DND in custom mode:
1.
Press the DND soft key when the phone is idle.
Image_738_0
2.
Press or to select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_752_0Image_478_0Image_474_0
3.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Disabled from the DND Status
4.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
If you want to deactivate DND for all accounts, press the All Off soft key.
Image_1256_0
__rendered_path__130__rendered_path__131

Page 143
Call Forward
Static Forwarding
__rendered_path__3
Note
Basic Call Features
You can configure your phone to forward incoming calls to another party (static forwarding).
You can also forward calls while your phone is ringing (dynamic forwarding).
When the phone forwards a call, a prompt window will pop up by default. If you want to disable
the feature, contact your system administrator for more information.
You cannot activate or deactivate call forward when call forward feature is disabled. Contact your
system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__100
Three types of static forwarding:
Always Forward
:
Incoming calls are immediately forwarded.
Busy Forward
:
Incoming
calls are immediately forwarded if the phone is busy.
No Answer Forward
:
Incoming calls are forwarded if not answered after
a period of time.
You can activate/deactivate call forward for the phone system, or you can customize call forward
for each or all accounts.
There are two call forward modes:
Phone
(default)
:
C
all forward is effective for the phone system.
Custom:
Call forward can be configured for each or all accounts.
To configure the call forward mode via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Forward&DND.
133

Page 144
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
134
-T46S IP Phone
2. In the Forward block, mark the desired radio box in the Mode field.
Image_1259_0
__rendered_path__129
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Call forward mode is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__136
To activate call forward in phone mode:
1. Press Menu->Features->Call Forward.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
2. Press or to select the desired forwarding type, and then press the Enter soft key.
3. Depending on your selection:
a) If you select Always Forward:
Image_476_0
1)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Always
Image_478_0
Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to in the
Forward to field.
3)
(Optional.) Enter the always forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1260_0__rendered_path__131

Page 145
activate
__rendered_path__3
4.
To
1.
Basic Call Features
b) If you select Busy Forward:
Image_476_0
1)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Busy
Image_478_0
Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward incoming calls to when the
phone is busy in the Forward to field.
3)
(Optional.) Enter the busy forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1262_0
__rendered_path__204
c) If you select No Answer Forward:
Image_476_0Image_478_0
1)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the No Answer
Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward unanswered incoming calls to
in the Forward to field.
Image_476_0
3)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the ring time to wait before
Image_478_0
forwarding from the After Ring Time field.
The default ring time is 12 seconds.
4)
(Optional.) Enter the no answer forward on code or off code respectively in the
On Code or Off Code field.
Image_1263_0
__rendered_path__204
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Image_510_0
The icon on the status bar indicates that the call forward is activated.
call forward in custom mode:
Press Menu->Features->Call Forward.
135

Page 146
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
2.
3.
4.
136
-T46S IP Phone
Image_738_0
Press or to select the desired account, and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_1265_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__131
Press or to select the desired forwarding type, and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
Depending on your selection:
a) If you select Always Forward, you can activate it for a specific account.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
1)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Always
Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to in the
Forward to field.
3)
(Optional.) Enter the always forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1260_0
__rendered_path__131
You can also activate always forward for all accounts, do the following:
Image_738_0
1)
Press or to highlight the Always Forward field.
Image_474_0
2)
Press the All Lines soft key.

Page 147
If you select
You can also
__rendered_path__3
3)
b)
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
Basic Call Features
The LCD screen prompts “Copy to all lines?”.
Image_1267_0
__rendered_path__123
Press the OK soft key to accept the change or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
Busy Forward, you can activate it for a specific account.
Image_476_0
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Busy
Image_478_0
Forward field.
Enter the destination number you want to forward incoming calls to when the
phone is busy in the Forward to field.
(Optional.) Enter the busy forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1262_0
__rendered_path__123
activate busy forward for all accounts, do the following:
Image_738_0
Press or to highlight the Busy Forward field.
Image_474_0
Press the All Lines soft key.
The LCD screen prompts “Copy to all lines?”.
Image_1268_0
__rendered_path__123
137

Page 148
User Guide for the SIP
Press the
__rendered_path__5
5.
138
c)
-T46S IP Phone
3)
Press the OK soft key to accept the change or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
If you select No Answer Forward, you can activate it for a specific account.
Image_476_0
1)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the No Answer
Image_478_0
Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward unanswered incoming calls to
in the Forward to field.
Image_476_0
3)
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the ring time to wait before
Image_478_0
forwarding from the After Ring Time field.
The default ring time is 12 seconds.
4)
(Optional.) Enter the no answer forward on code or off code respectively in the
On Code or Off Code field.
Image_1263_0
__rendered_path__166
You can also activate no answer forward for all accounts, do the following:
Image_738_0
1)
Press or to highlight the No Answer Forward field.
Image_474_0
2)
Press the All Lines soft key.
The LCD screen prompts “Copy to all lines?”.
Image_1270_0
__rendered_path__166
3)
Press the OK soft key to accept the change or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.

Page 149
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
If you activate call forward for the default account, the associated line icon will change to ,
Image_510_0Image_580_0
and the icon will appear on the status bar.
Image_1272_0
__rendered_path__86
If you activate call forward for the non-default account, only the associated line icon will change
Image_580_0
to .
Image_1273_0
__rendered_path__86
If you activate call forward for all accounts, all line icons will change to , and the icon will
Image_580_0
appear on the status bar.
Image_1274_0Image_510_0
__rendered_path__86
If the forward on code or off code is configured, the IP phone sends the corresponding code to
the server when a certain action takes place. For example, if you set the Always Forward on code
to be *71 (may vary on different servers), and the target number to be 1234. When you activate
Always Forward on the IP phone, the IP phone sends *711234 to the server, and then the server
will activate Always Forward feature on the server side, hence being able to get the right status
of the extension.
139

Page 150
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
140
-T46S IP Phone
Call forward is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Forward&DND.
You can also enter the SIP URI or IP address in the Forward to field. For more information on
using the SIP URI or IP address, refer to Placing Calls on page 115.
Call forward is local to the phone, and may be overridden by the server settings. Call forward on
code or off code may be different between servers. For more information, contact your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__122
To configure the forward authorized numbers via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Forward&DND.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Forward Emergency.
3.
Enter the numbers in the Forward Authorized Numbers field.
For multiple numbers, enter a comma between every two numbers.
Image_1276_0
__rendered_path__121
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
When call forward is activated on the phone, the phone cannot forward incoming calls
from the numbers specified in the Forward Authorized Numbers field.
Forward authorized number is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__154
To deactivate call forward in phone mode:
Do one of the following:
Image_1279_0
-
Press when the phone is idle.
-
Press Menu->Features->Call Forward.

Page 151
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Press or to select the desired forwarding type and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Disabled to deactivate the call forward.
Image_474_0
Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
Image_476_0
To deactivate call forward in custom mode:
Image_478_0
1. Press Menu->Features->Call Forward or press when the phone is idle.
Image_738_0Image_1279_0
2. Press or to select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_474_0
3. Press or to select the desired forwarding type and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Disabled to deactivate the call forward.
Image_476_0
If you want to deactivate call forward for all accounts, press the All Lines soft key.
Image_478_0
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
Dynamic Forwarding
You can manually forward a call to another number while your phone rings.
To forward an incoming call to another party:
1. When the phone is ringing, press the Forward soft key.
2. Enter the number you want to forward the incoming call to.
Image_1281_0
__rendered_path__242
3. Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
The LCD screen prompts a call forward message.
Call Transfer
You can transfer a call to another party during a call in one of three ways:
Blind Transfer
: Transfer a call directly to another party without consulting.
Semi
-
Attended Transfer
: Transfer a call when
the target phone is ringing.
Attended Transfer
(
Consultative Transfer
)
: Transfe
r a call with prior consulting.
141

Page 152
User Guide for the SIP
Blind Transfer
142
__rendered_path__5
-T46S IP Phone
Before performing a blind transfer (except you use dial number method), make sure that the
transfer mode on DSS key is configured as Blind Transfer. For more information on how to
configure it, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page 166.
To perform a blind transfer during a call:
Image_1279_0
1. Press or the Transfer soft key during a call.
2. You can do one of the following:
-
Enter the number you want to transfer the call to.
Image_1293_0
__rendered_path__167
Press or the Transfer soft key to complete the transfer.
Image_1279_0
If you are using a handset, the transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select Local Directory. Select the desired
group and search for the contact (Directory should be configured in advance. Refer to
Directory on page 59 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to complete the transfer.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select History. Select the desired list and then
Image_738_0Image_474_0
press or to select the entry (Directory should be configured in advance.
Refer to Directory on page 59 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to complete the transfer.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select Remote Phone Book. Select the desired
group and search for the contact (Directory should be configured in advance. Refer to
Directory on page 59 and Remote Phone Book on page 76 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to complete the transfer.
To perform a blind transfer to exist call:
Image_1279_0
1.
Press or the Transfer soft key during a call.

Page 153
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
2.
Press or to select the desired hold call you want to transfer the call to.
Image_1305_0Image_738_0
__rendered_path__186Image_474_0
3. Press , or the Transfer soft key to complete the transfer.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Then the call is connected to the number to which you are transferring.
Semi-attended Transfer
Before performing a semi-attended transfer (except you use dial number method), make sure
that the transfer mode on DSS key is configured as New Call or Attended Transfer. For more
information on how to configure it, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page
166.
To perform a semi-attended transfer:
Image_1279_0
1. Press or the Transfer soft key during a call.
2. Do one of the following:
-
Enter the number you want to transfer the call to.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press or to dial out.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select Local Directory. Select the desired
group and search for the contact (Directory should be configured in advance. Refer to
Directory on page 59 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to dial out.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select History. Select the desired list and then
Image_738_0Image_474_0
press or to select the entry (Directory should be configured in advance.
Refer to Directory on page 59 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to dial out.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select Remote Phone Book. Select the desired
group and search for the contact (Directory should be configured in advance. Refer to
Directory on page 59 and Remote Phone Book on page 76 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to dial out.
Image_1279_0
3. Press or the Transfer soft key to complete the transfer when receiving ringback.
If you are using a handset, the transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset.
143

Page 154
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Attended Transfer
Before performing an attended transfer (except you use dial number method), make sure that
the transfer mode on DSS key is configured as New Call or Attended Transfer. For more
information on how to configure it, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page
166.
To perform an attended transfer:
Image_1279_0
1. Press or the Transfer soft key during a call.
2. Do one of the following:
-
Enter the number you want to transfer the call to.
Image_482_0
Press or to dial out.
Image_876_0
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select Local Directory. Select the desired
group and search for the contact (Directory should be configured in advance. Refer to
Directory on page 59 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to dial out.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select History. Select the desired list and then
Image_738_0Image_474_0
press or to select the entry (Directory should be configured in advance.
Refer to Directory on page 59 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to dial out.
-
Press the Directory soft key, and then select Remote Phone Book. Select the desired
group and search for the contact (Directory should be configured in advance. Refer to
Directory on page 59 and Remote Phone Book on page 76 for more information).
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , or the Send soft key to dial out.
Image_1279_0
3. After the party answers the call, press or the Transfer soft key to complete the
transfer.
If you are using a handset, the transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset.
You can cancel the transfer before the call is connected by pressing the Cancel soft key.
Call Waiting
You can enable or disable call waiting on the phone. If call waiting is enabled, you can receive
another call while there is already an active call on the phone. Otherwise, another incoming call
is automatically rejected by the phone with a busy message when there is an active call on the
phone. You can also enable or disable the phone to play a warning tone when receiving another
call.
To configure call waiting via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Call Waiting.
Image_752_0
2. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Call Waiting field.
Image_478_0
144

Page 155
Conference
Local Conference
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Note
Basic Call Features
Image_752_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Play Tone field.
Image_478_0
4. (Optional.) Enter the call waiting on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off
Code field.
If on code or off code is configured, the IP phone will send the corresponding code to
activate or deactivate call waiting on the server. It is not available on all servers.
Image_1318_0
__rendered_path__146
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Call waiting is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
If on code or off code is not configured, the call waiting may not take effect. It depends on your
server. Contact your server administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__147
You can create a conference with other two parties using the phone’s local conference. You can
create a conference between an active call and a call on hold by pressing the Conference soft
key. The SIP-T46S also supports network conference.
Network conference is not available on all servers. For more information, contact your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__147
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports up to 3 parties (including yourself) in a conference call. This is
the default method of conference called Local Conference.
To set up a local conference call, make sure local conference feature is enabled. For more
information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__154
To set up a local conference call:
1. Place a call to the first party.
145

Page 156
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
2. When the first party answers the call, press the Conference soft key to place a new call.
The active call is placed on hold.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
3. Enter the number of the second party and then press , , or the Send soft key.
4. When the second party answers the call, press the Conference soft key again to join all
parties in the conference.
Image_1320_0
__rendered_path__226
To join two calls in a conference:
1. Place two calls using two different accounts on the phone (for example, place the first call
using account 1, and then place the second call using account 2).
Image_738_0
2. Press or to select the call for conference and ensure that the call is active (for
Image_474_0
example, select the call on account 1).
3. Press the Conference soft key to join the two calls in the conference on the selected
account.
During the conference call, you can do the following actions:
Image_1190_0
-
Press or the Hold soft key to place the conference on hold.
-
Press the Split soft key to split the conference call into two individual calls on hold.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
-
Press the Manage soft key, and then press or to select the desired party:
Press the
Far Mute
soft key to
mute the party.
The muted party can hear everyone,
but no one can hear the muted party.
Press the
Remove
soft key to remove the party from the conference
call
.
P
ress the
New
Call
soft key to
place a new call.
Press the
Back
soft key to return to the previous
screen
.
Image_1230_0
-
Press to mute the conference call, all other participants can hear each other, but they
cannot hear you.
-
Press the End Call soft key to drop the conference call.
146

Page 157
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Network Conference
You can use network conference feature on the SIP-T46S IP phone to conduct a conference with
multiple participants.
This feature allows you to perform the following:
Join two calls to
gether into a conference call.
Invite another party
into an
active conference call.
To use this feature, contact your system administrator for the network conference URI in
advance.
To configure network conference via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3. Select Network Conference from the pull-down list of Conference Type.
4. Enter the conference URI (e.g., conference@example.com) in the Conference URI field.
Image_1322_0
__rendered_path__136
5. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Network conference is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__137
To set up a network conference call:
1. Place a call to the first party.
2. Press the Conference soft key to place a new call.
The active call is placed on hold.
147

Page 158
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
3. Enter the number of the second party and then press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
4. When the second party answers the call, press the Conference soft key to add the second
party to the conference.
5. Press the Conference soft key to place a new call.
The conference is placed on hold.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
6. Enter the number of the new party and then press , , or the Send soft key.
7. When the new party answers the call, press the Conference soft key to add the new party
to the conference.
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until you have added all intended parties.
The procedures to set up a network conference call on specific servers may be different from
introduced above. Contact your system administrator for more information.
Call Park/Retrieve
You can use call park feature to place a call on hold, and then retrieve the call from another
phone in the system (for example, a phone in another office or conference room). You can park
an active call by pressing the Park soft key or call park key (if configured) on the phone. If the
call is parked successfully, there is a voice prompt confirming that the call was parked. You can
retrieve the parked call by pressing the Retrieve soft key or the retrieve park key (if configured).
If the parked call is not retrieved within a period of time defined by the system, the phone performing
call park will receive the call back.
Note
Call park is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__281
The IP phone supports call park feature under the following modes:
FAC mode
:
park the call
to
the
local extension or a desired extension
through dialing the
park code.
Transfer mode
:
park
the call
to
shared
parking lot
through performing a blind transfer to
a call park number (call park code).
You can also configure a call park key and retrieve park key.
To configure a call park key via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2.
Select the desired line key.
Image_476_0
3.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Call Park from the Key Type field.
Image_476_0
5.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID
Image_478_0
field.
Image_476_0
6.
(Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_478_0
148

Page 159
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
7.
(Optional.) Enter the call park code in the Value field.
8.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
If the call park code is already configured for the Park soft key, you don’t need to configure it
when configuring a call park key.
To configure a retrieve park key via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2.
Select the desired line key.
3.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Retrieve Park from the Type field.
Image_752_0
4.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID
Image_478_0
field.
Image_752_0
5.
(Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_478_0
6.
(Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the Value field.
7.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
If the park retrieve code is already configured for the Retrieve soft key, you don’t need to
configure it when configuring a retrieve park key.
Call park key and retrieve park key are configurable via web user interface at the path
Dsskey->Line Key.
Note
The call park code and park retrieve code are predefined on the system server. Contact your
system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__244
FAC Mode
To configure call park feature in FAC mode via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select FAC from the pull-down list of Call Park Mode.
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Call Park.
If Enabled is selected, the Park soft key will display on the LCD screen during a call, and the
Retrieve soft key will display on the dialing screen.
4. (Optional.) Enter the call park code in the Call Park Code field.
It is configured for the Park soft key. This call park code will also apply to the call park key.
5. (Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the Park Retrieve Code field.
149

Page 160
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
150
-T46S IP Phone
It is configured for the Retrieve soft key. This park retrieve code will also apply to the
retrieve park key.
Image_1326_0
__rendered_path__74
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
If the
Park
or
Retrieve
soft key doesn’t appear on the LCD screen, please select
Disabled
from
the pull-down list of Custom Softkey via web user interface at path Settings->Softkey
__rendered_path__78
Layout.
__rendered_path__77__rendered_path__89
To park a call in FAC mode:
__rendered_path__100
1. During a call, press the Park soft key (You may need to press the More soft key to see the
Park soft key) or the call park key (if configured).
-
If the call park code is not configured, you need to enter the call park code (e.g., *68).
Image_1327_0
__rendered_path__76
Press , or the Park soft key.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0

Page 161
retrieve a parked call in FAC mode
__rendered_path__3
2.
To
1.
2.
Basic Call Features
-
If the call park code is configured, the phone will dial the configured call park code
shown as below:
Image_1329_0
__rendered_path__116
Do one of the following:
a)
If you want to park the call against the local extension.
Image_876_0
1)
Press .
If the call is parked successfully, you will hear a voice prompt confirming that the
call is parked.
b) If you want to park the call against desired extension.
1)
Enter an extension (e.g., 4605) where you want to park the call.
Image_482_0Image_876_0
2)
Press or .
If the call is parked successfully, you will hear a voice prompt confirming that the
call is parked. The call is parked against the extension you entered.
:
Do one of the following:
-
If the park retrieve code is not configured, dial the park retrieve code (e.g., *88).
-
If the park retrieve code is configured, press the Retrieve soft key on the dialing
screen or retrieve park key (if configured) on the IP phone.
The phone will dial the configured park retrieve code and the Retrieve screen appears
as below:
Image_1330_0
__rendered_path__118
Follow the voice prompt, do one of the following:
151

Page 162
User Guide for the SIP
Transfer Mode
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
152
-T46S IP Phone
-
Press on the phone where the call is parked.
Image_1333_0
-
Enter the desired extension followed by # (e.g., 4605#) on any phone.
You can also press the desired BLF or BLF list key to park a call or retrieve a parked call directly.
__rendered_path__193
For more information, refer to Parking a Call/Retrieving a Parked Call to the Monitored User on
page 168.
__rendered_path__195
__rendered_path__192__rendered_path__196
__rendered_path__208
To configure call park feature in transfer mode via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2.
Select Transfer from the pull-down list of Call Park Mode.
3.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Call Park.
If Enabled is selected, the Park soft key will display on the LCD screen during a call, and
the Retrieve soft key will display on the dialing screen.
4.
(Optional.) Enter the call park code in the Call Park Code field.
It is configured for the Park soft key. This call park code will also apply to the call park key.
5.
(Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the Park Retrieve Code field.
It is configured for the Retrieve soft key. This park retrieve code will also apply to the
retrieve park key.
Image_1332_0
__rendered_path__164
6.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
If the
Park
or
Retrieve
soft key doesn’t appear on the LCD screen, please select
Disabled
from
the pull-down list of Custom Softkey via web user interface at path Settings->Softkey
__rendered_path__165__rendered_path__166__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__187
Layout.

Page 163
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
To park a call in Transfer mode:
1. During a call, press the Park soft key (You may need to press the More soft key to see the
Park soft key) or the call park key (if configured).
-
If the call park code is not configured, you need to enter the call park code (e.g., *01).
Image_1338_0
__rendered_path__186
Press , or the Park soft key. The call will be transferred to the shared
Image_482_0Image_876_0
parking lot.
-
If the call park code is configured, the call will be directly transferred to the shared
parking lot.
Note
For some servers, the system
will return
a
specific park retrieve number (
park retrieve code)
from which the call can be retrieved after parking successfully.
__rendered_path__189
To retrieve a parked call in Transfer mode:
1.
Do one of the following:
-
If the park retrieve code is not configured, dial the park retrieve code (e.g., *11).
-
If the park retrieve code is configured, press the Retrieve soft key on the dialing
screen or retrieve park key (if configured) on the IP phone.
The phone will retrieve the parked call from the shared parking lot.
Call Pickup
You can use call pickup to answer someone else’s incoming call on your phone. The SIP-T46S IP
phone supports directed call pickup and group call pickup. Directed call pickup is used for
picking up a call that is ringing at a target phone number. Group call pickup is used for picking
up a call that is ringing at any phone number in a certain group. The pickup group should be
predefined, contact your system administrator for more information.
153

Page 164
User Guide for the SIP
Direct
__rendered_path__5
Note
154
-T46S IP Phone
You can pick up an incoming call by using the DPickup/GPickup soft key. To use call pickup,
you need to configure the call pickup code beforehand on a global or per-line basis via web
user interface.
If there are many incoming calls at the same time, pressing the GPickup soft key on the phone
will pick up the call that rings first.
__rendered_path__117
ed Call Pickup
To enable directed call pickup and configure the directed call pickup code on a global
basis via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Directed Call Pickup.
3. Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
Image_1340_0
__rendered_path__116
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the directed call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.

Page 165
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
3. Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
Image_1344_0
__rendered_path__121
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To pick up a call directly:
1. Pick up the handset, press the Speakerphone key or press the line key (You may need to
press the More soft key to see the DPickup soft key).
The DPickup soft key appears on the LCD screen.
Image_1345_0
__rendered_path__123
2. Press the DPickup soft key on your phone when the target phone receives an incoming
call.
3. Enter the phone number which is receiving an incoming call.
4. Press the DPickup soft key again.
The call is answered on your phone.
You can also configure a DSS key as a direct pickup key via phone user interface or web user
interface. Once configured, you can pick up a call by pressing the direct pickup key directly. For
more information, refer to DSS Keys on page 89.
155

Page 166
enable group call pickup and configure the group call pickup code on a global basis via
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Group Call Pickup
To
web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Group Call Pickup.
3. Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field.
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the group call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
156
Image_1347_0__rendered_path__78

Page 167
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
3. Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field.
Image_1349_0
__rendered_path__67
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To pick up a call in the group:
1. Pick up the handset, press the Speakerphone key or press the line key.
The GPickup soft key appears on the LCD screen.
Image_1350_0
__rendered_path__69
2. Press the GPickup soft key on your phone when a phone in the group receives an incoming
call.
The call is answered on your phone.
157

Page 168
User Guide for the SIP
Anonymous Call
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
158
-T46S IP Phone
You can also configure a DSS key as a group pickup key via phone user interface or web user
interface. Once configured, you can pick up a call by pressing the group pickup key directly. For
more information, refer to DSS Keys on page 89.
The direct call pickup code and group call pickup code are predefined on the system server.
Contact your system administrator for more information.
The call pickup code configured on a per-line basis takes precedence over that configured on a
global basis.
__rendered_path__165
You can use anonymous call to block your identify and phone number from appearing to the
called party when you call someone. For example, you want to call to consult some of the
services, but don’t want to be harassed. Anonymous call is configurable on a per-line basis. You
can also configure the phone to send anonymous call on/off code to the server to
activate/deactivate anonymous call on the server side.
Anonymous call is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for the
anonymous call on code and off code.
__rendered_path__156
To configure anonymous call via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Anonymous.
2. Select the desired line and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Local Anonymous
Image_478_0
field.
Image_476_0
4. (Optional.) Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the
Image_478_0
Send Anony Code field.
The phone will send the configured on code or off code depending on your selection when
you enable or disable anonymous call feature on the phone.
5. (Optional.) Enter the anonymous call on code and off code respectively in the On Code and
Off Code field.
Image_1354_0__rendered_path__153

Page 169
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Anonymous call is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
To place an anonymous call:
1. Using the specific line on the phone to place a call to phone B.
The LCD screen of phone B prompts an incoming call from anonymity.
Image_1356_0
__rendered_path__188
Anonymous Call Rejection
You can use anonymous call rejection to reject incoming calls from anonymous callers.
Anonymous call rejection automatically rejects incoming calls from callers who deliberately
block their identities and numbers from being displayed. Anonymous call rejection is
configurable on a per-line basis. You can also configure the phone to send anonymous call
rejection on/off code to the server to activate/deactivate anonymous call rejection on the server
side.
To configure anonymous call rejection via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Anonymous.
2. Select the desired line and then press the Enter soft key.
Image_738_0
3. Press or to scroll to the Anony Rejection field.
Image_474_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Enabled from the Anony Rejection
Image_476_0
field.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
5. (Optional.) Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the
Image_478_0
Send Rejection Code field.
The phone will send the configured on code or off code depending on your selection when
you enable or disable anonymous call rejection feature on the phone.
159

Page 170
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
6. (Optional.) Enter the anonymous call rejection on code and off code respectively in the On
Code and Off Code field.
Image_1358_0
__rendered_path__54
7. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Anonymous call rejection is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
160

Page 171
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__153
This chapter provides operating instructions for the advanced features of the SIP-T46S IP phone.
Topics include:
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
BLF List
Call Recording
Hot Desking
Intercom
Multicast Paging
Music on Hold
Au
to
matic Call Distribution (ACD)
Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
Bridge
d
Lines Appearance (BLA)
Messages
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
You can use BLF to monitor a specific line for status changes on the phone. For example, you
can configure a BLF key on the phone to monitor the status of a friend’s line (busy or idle). The
BLF key LED illuminates solid red when the friends line is in use. For more information on BLF
key LED indicators, refer to LED Instructions on page 9.
Configuring the BLF Feature on the IP Phone
You need to configure the IP phone to perform BLF monitoring. IP phones being monitored do
not require any configuration.
Configuring a BLF Key
To configure a BLF key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_752_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select BLF from the Type field.
Image_478_0
161

Page 172
User Guide for the SIP
Configuring
__rendered_path__5
162
-T46S IP Phone
Image_476_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID
Image_478_0
field.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
6. Enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor in the Value field.
7. (Optional.) Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extension field.
If it is configured, when the monitored user receives an incoming call, the supervisor can
press the BLF key to pick up the call directly.
Image_1374_0
__rendered_path__167
8. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
BLF key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
Visual and Audio Alert for BLF Pickup
You can enable visual alert feature for BLF pickup on the phone. This allows the LCD screen of
the monitoring phone to display the caller ID when the monitored line receives an incoming call.
You can also enable audio alert feature for BLF pickup on the phone. If audio alert feature for
BLF pickup is enabled, you can specify a desired ring tone to play when the monitored line
receives an incoming call.
To enable visual and audio alert features via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Visual Alert for BLF Pickup.

Page 173
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Audio Alert for BLF Pickup.
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Visual and audio alert features are configurable via web user interface only.
To configure BLF ring type via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Basic->Sound->BLF Ring Type.
Image_738_0
2.
Press or to select the desired ring tone.
Image_1377_0Image_474_0
__rendered_path__120
3.
(Optional.) Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_892_0
4.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
BLF ring type is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Call Pickup.
When the monitored line receives an incoming call, the following occurs on your phone:
The phone plays a
specific ring
tone (if enabled).
The BLF key LED flashes
red
.
The caller ID appears on the LCD screen (if
enabled).
Image_1376_0
__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__121
163

Page 174
User Guide for the SIP
Configuring
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
164
-T46S IP Phone
In the following figure, the LCD screen shows an incoming call from 1008 on the monitored line.
Image_1381_0
__rendered_path__97
You can do the following actions:
-
Press the
DPickup
soft key to pick up the call.
-
Press the
Send
soft key to dial out the monitored phone number.
-
Press the
New
Call
soft key to place a new call.
-
Press the
Cancel
soft key to exit the screen.
If your phone is locked and the type of the ph
one lock is configured as
Function Keys
or
All
Keys, you cannot use the DPickup, Send, New Call and Cancel soft keys until unlocked.
For more information refer to Phone Lock on page 52.
__rendered_path__98
Directed Call Pickup Code
If you configure the directed call pickup code in advance, you can pick up the monitored user’s
incoming call by pressing the BLF key. You can configure the directed call pickup code when
configuring a BLF key. For more information, refer to Configuring a BLF Key on page 161. You
can also configure the directed call pickup code on a global or per-line basis via web user
interface.
If you enable visual alert feature, you can also pick up the monitored user’s incoming call by
pressing DPickup soft key. To use DPickup soft key to pick up the call, the call pickup code can
only be configured on a global or per-line basis via web user interface.
The pickup code is used in the following order of preference: Extension (Dsskey->Line
Key)>Directed Call Pickup Code (Account->Advanced)>Directed Call Pickup Code
(Features->Call Pickup). If pickup code is not configured, pressing the BLF key/DPickup soft key
will directly call the monitored user when he/she receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__131

Page 175
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
To configure the directed call pickup code on a global basis via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2.
Enter the desired pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the directed call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface:
1.
Click on Account->Advanced.
2.
Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3.
Enter the desired pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Image_1385_0
__rendered_path__74
Image_1344_0__rendered_path__76
165

Page 176
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key
When there is an active call on the IP phone, you can handle the active call differently
depending on the configuration of transfer mode via Dsskey with the BLF key.
To configure the transfer mode on DSS key via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Transfer.
2.
Select the desired transfer mode from the pull-down list of Transfer Mode via Dsskey.
If you select
Blind Transfer
, press the BLF key to blind transfer the call to the
monitored user.
If you select
Attended Transfer
, press the BLF key to dial out the monitored phone
number and then perform an attended or a semi-attended transfer.
If you select
New Call
, press the BLF key to place a new call to the monitored user.
The original call is placed on hold.
Image_1387_0
__rendered_path__124
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Transfer Mode on DSS Key is also applicable to BLF list feature.
__rendered_path__125
Using BLF Feature on the IP Phone
You can use the BLF key in the following ways:
Place a call to the monitored user.
Transfer a call to the monitored user.
Pick up an incoming call of the monitored user.
Placing a Call to the Monitored User
You can press a BLF key to dial out the monitored phone number when the monitored line is
idle.
To place a call to the monitored user when the IP phone is idle:
1.
Press the BLF key.
The IP phone dials out the phone number of the monitored user.
166

Page 177
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Transferring a Call to the Monitored User
When there is already an active call on the IP phone, you can transfer the active call to the
monitored user by pressing the BLF key. The phone handles the active call differently depending
on the configuration of transfer mode via Dsskey with the BLF key (refer to Configuring Transfer
Mode on DSS Key). The transfer mode on DSS key has the following modes:
Blind Transfer
Attended Transfe
r
New Call
When the transfer mode on DSS key is set to Blind Transfer and there is already an active call
on the IP phone, you can do the following:
To perform a blind transfer:
1.
Press the BLF key of the monitored user which you want to transfer this call to.
Then the active call is connected to the number of the monitored user.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is set to Attended Transfer and there is already an active
call on the IP phone, you can do the following:
To perform a semi-attended transfer:
1.
Press the BLF key of the monitored user which you want to transfer this call to. The phone
will dial the number of the monitored user.
2.
Press the BLF key of the monitored user again or the Transfer soft key to complete the
transfer when receiving ringback.
To perform an attended transfer:
1.
Press the BLF key of the monitored user which you want to transfer this call to. The phone
will dial the number of the monitored user.
2.
Press the BLF key of the monitored user again or the Transfer soft key to complete the
transfer after the monitored user answers the call.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is set to New Call and there is already an active call on the
IP phone, you can do the following:
To perform a new call:
1.
Press the BLF key of the monitored user you want to call.
The phone will dial the number of the monitored user. The original call is placed on hold.
Picking up an Incoming Call of the Monitored User
When the monitored user receives an incoming call, the BLF key indicator of the monitored user
will flash red. You can use the BLF key to pick up an incoming call of the monitored user. If you
enable visual alert feature on the phone, you can pick up the incoming call using the DPickup
167

Page 178
User Guide for the SIP
arking a Call/
BLF List
__rendered_path__5
Note
P
Note
168
-T46S IP Phone
soft key. Before picking up an incoming call, ensure that the directed call pickup code has been
configured in advance.
To pick up an incoming call using the BLF key or the DPickup soft key:
1.
Press the BLF key or the DPickup soft key.
The incoming call of the monitored user is answered on the IP phone.
If the call pickup code is not configured, the phone will place a call to the monitored user
instead of picking up an incoming call of the monitored user when you press the BLF key or the
DPickup soft key.
__rendered_path__152
Retrieving a Parked Call to the Monitored User
You can press the desired BLF key to park a call or retrieve a parked call directly in FAC mode. It
should be pre-configured by your system administrator.
To park a call in FAC mode:
1.
During a call, press the Park soft key (You may need to press the More soft key to see the
Park soft key).
2.
Press the desired BLF key to park the call to the monitored user.
To retrieve a parked call in FAC mode:
1.
Press the Retrieve soft key on the dialing screen.
2.
Press the desired BLF key to retrieve a call that is parked to the monitored user.
Make sure that the call park code/park retrieve code is configured via web user interface at the
path: Feature->Call Pickup. For more information, refer to FAC Mode on page 149.
__rendered_path__161
You can use the BLF List feature to monitor a list of users defined by your system administrator.
For example, your system administrator enables BLF List, and creates a BLF List URI (e.g.,
BLFList@example.com) including a list of user1, user2 on the server. The BLF List keys on the IP
phone can present the status of user1 and user2. The key LEDs illuminate either flashing or solid
depending on the status of those users. For more BLF List key LED indicators, refer to LED
Instructions on page 9.
You can use the BLF List keys in the following ways:
When the
monitored user is idle, press the BLF list key to dial out the phone number.
When there is already an active call on the IP phone, you can
transfer
the active call
to
the
monitored user by pressing the BLF List key. The phone handles the active call differently
depending on the configuration of transfer mode via Dsskey with the BLF list key. For more

Page 179
configure BLF List settings via web user interface:
__rendered_path__3
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Advanced Phone Features
information on the transfer mode on DSS key, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS
Key on page 164.
When the monitored user receives an incoming call, press the BLF list key to pick up the
call directly. Before picking up an incoming call, ensure that the BLF List Pickup Code has
been configured in advance. If the code is not configured, the phone will place a call to the
monitored user instead of picking up the incoming call of the monitored user when you
press the BLF List key.
When there is a conversation on the monitored user, press the BLF list key to barge in and
set up a conference call. Before barging in an active call, ensure that the BLF List Barge In
Code has been configured in advance. If the code is not configured, the phone will place a
call to the monitored user instead of barging in an active call of the monitored user when
you press the BLF List key.
When a call is being parked against the monitored phone, press the BLF List key to retrieve
the parked call from the monitored user. Before retrieving the parked call, ensure that the
BLF List Retrieve Call Parked Code has been configured in advance. If the code is not
configured, the phone will place a call to the monitored user instead of retrieving the
parked call when you press the BLF List key.
Click on Account->Advanced.
Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
Enter the BLF List URI in the BLF List URI field.
(Optional.) Enter the directed call pickup code in the BLF List Pickup Code field.
(Optional.) Enter the barge-in code in the BLF List Barge In Code field.
(Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the BLF List Retrieve Call Parked Code field.
Image_1401_0
__rendered_path__153
169

Page 180
User Guide for the SIP
Call Recording
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
Note
170
-T46S IP Phone
7.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
For more information on BLF List URI/BLF List Pickup Code/BLF List Barge In Code/BLF List
Retrieve Call Parked Code, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__135
According to the response message from the server, the IP phone will automatically configure
the BLF List keys beginning from the first unused DSS key (The default order of BLF list keys
assigned automatically is Line Key->Ext Key. To customize the assignment order, contact your
system administrator.). Once any DSS key is seized, the IP phone will skip to configure the next
DSS key.
You can receive a visual or/and an audio alert (if enabled) on your phone when the monitored
user receives an incoming call. For more information, refer to Configuring Visual and Audio Alert
for BLF Pickup on page 162.
The pickup code is used in the following order of preference:
BLF List Pickup Code (Account->Advanced)>Directed Call Pickup Code
(Account->Advanced)>Directed Call Pickup Code (Features->Call Pickup). If all of them are not
configured, pressing the BLF List key will directly call the monitored user when he/she receives an
incoming call. For more information on pickup code, refer to Call Pickup on page 153.
__rendered_path__105
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports local and server recording. If you insert a USB flash drive into
the USB port on your phone, you can record active calls on your phone. The recordings are
saved as *.wav files on your USB flash drive. You can also record active calls by pressing a record
key on the phone (refer to Recording Using a Record Key). The recordings are saved on the
server.
Before recording any call, especially those involving PSTN, it is necessary
to know about the rules
and restrictions of any governing call-recording in the place you are in. It is also very important to
__rendered_path__142
have the consent of the person you are calling before recording the conversation.

Page 181
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Recording Using a USB Flash Drive
When the phone is idle, and you insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on IP phone, the
Image_1415_0
phone will detect the USB flash drive and display a flashing icon . After detecting the USB
flash drive, the icon stops flashing and LCD screen prompts USB device has been connected
successfully!.
Image_1413_0
__rendered_path__115
When there is an active call, and you insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on your phone,
the LCD screen will prompt “USB device has been connected successfully! Available Recording
Time: XX:XX:XX”. For more information on the available recording time, refer to Viewing the
Storage Space on page 176.
The following figure shows an example:
Image_1414_0
__rendered_path__115
Note
Recording using a USB flash drive is not available by default. For more information, contact your
system administrator.
__rendered_path__118
The Start REC soft key controls the recording function, and is available:
The
free space of USB flash drive is sufficient
When t
here are
one or more calls
connected
to
your
IP
phone
During an active call
When calls are on hold
or muted
During a
n
attended trans
fer
During a conference call
171

Page 182
User Guide for the SIP
Recording
__rendered_path__5
Call
172
-T46S IP Phone
The Start REC soft key is not available when:
Y
ou place a new call
No free space of USB flash drive
T
he phone prompts you to answer an incoming call
You can record active calls or conferences.
To record a call:
1. Press the More soft key, and then press the Start REC soft key during a call.
Image_508_0
The LCD screen displays the icon and recording duration.
Image_1418_0
__rendered_path__149
During the recording, you can do the following:
Image_1420_0
-
Press the More soft key, and then press the Pause REC soft key. Then appears on the
LCD screen and the duration stops counting. The Resume REC soft key appears on the
LCD screen. Both you and other parties are not recorded.
Press the Resume REC soft key to continue recording.
-
Press the More soft key, and then press the Stop REC soft key. The Start REC soft key
appears on the LCD screen. Recording stops and the LCD screen prompts “Call has been
successfully recorded on USB device.
Image_1419_0
__rendered_path__151
Press the Start REC soft key to start recording again, the recording will be saved in a new
.wav file.

Page 183
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
-
Press or the Hold soft key while recording, recording is paused. Then appears
Image_1233_0Image_1420_0
on the LCD screen and the duration stops counting. Both you and the callee are not
recorded.
Press the Resume soft key to resume the call, the recording is continued.
Image_1230_0
-
Press while recording, the muted party is not recorded.
-
If there is insufficient free space (30 minutes left) on the USB flash drive during recording,
the LCD screen prompts the following:
Image_1423_0
__rendered_path__125
Press the Cancel soft key to return to the previous screen.
-
If there is insufficient free space (10 minutes left) on the USB flash drive during recording,
the LCD screen prompts the following:
Image_1424_0
__rendered_path__125
Press the Cancel soft key to return to the previous screen.
If no free space of the USB flash drive during recording, recording is stopped and saved on the
USB flash drive automatically. The record soft keys disappear. You cannot record a call unless
the space of your USB flash drive is released.
Note
You can transfer or set up
a conference call while recording. All the calls are recorded in the same
way and will be saved in as a “.wav” file.
__rendered_path__128
When you end a call while recording, the recording will be stopped and saved as *.wav files on
the USB flash drive automatically.
173

Page 184
User Guide for the SIP
Playing Back
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
174
-T46S IP Phone
To stop recording while the phone records, do one of the following:
-
Press the More soft key, and then press the Stop REC soft key.
The LCD screen prompts “Call has been successfully recorded on USB device”, the recording
icon and recording duration disappear.
Image_1426_0
__rendered_path__82
-
Press the More soft key and then press the End Call soft key.
The LCD screen prompts “Call has been successfully recorded on USB device”, the recording
icon and recording duration disappear, and the phone returns to the idle screen.
Image_1427_0
__rendered_path__82
Unplugging the USB flash drive during a recording call will stop call recording, the recording will
be saved on the USB flash drive automatically.
__rendered_path__84
Recorded Calls
You can play back recorded calls on your phone. You can also browse and delete the recorded
files on the USB flash drive.
Playback can occur on either the phone itself or on a computer using an application capable of
playing “.wav” files.
__rendered_path__84
To browse the recorded files:
1. Press Menu->USB->Browse Audio.

Page 185
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
The LCD screen shows all recorded files on the USB flash drive. The filename consists of the
recording time & date, the other party’s number/IP address/name (or the first person’s
number/IP address/name you called).
Image_1429_0
__rendered_path__110
2. Press or to scroll through the recorded files.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
3. Press the Play soft key.
Image_1430_0
__rendered_path__112
During the recording playback, you can do the following:
__rendered_path__26
-
Press the Pause soft key to pause the playback. The Play soft key appears on the LCD
screen.
Press the Play soft key to continue the playback.
-
Press the Fast Forward soft key to skip forward the playback. Press once to skip forward 8
seconds.
-
Press the Fast Rewind soft key to rewind the playback. Press once to rewind 8 seconds.
-
Press to adjust the volume of audio output.
Image_1431_0
-
Press the Back soft key to stop the playback. The phone returns to the Browse Audio
screen.
-
Press the Speakerphone key, the HEADSET key, or pickup the handset to alternate among
Speakerphone, Headset and Handset modes.
If you are playing back a recorded call and an incoming call arrives on your phone, the playback
pauses and the phone rings. You can press the Play soft key again to play the recording when
ending the call.
175

Page 186
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Deleting the Recorded File
To delete a recorded file:
1. Press Menu->USB->Browse Audio.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
2. Press or to highlight the recording you want to delete.
3. Press the Delete soft key.
The LCD screen prompts the following warning:
Image_1434_0
__rendered_path__113
4. Press the OK soft key to confirm the deletion or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
Viewing the Storage Space
You can view the storage space (e.g., total space, used space, free space) of the USB flash drive
on the phone.
To view the storage space:
1.
Press Menu->USB->Storage Space.
Image_1435_0
__rendered_path__115
Recording Using a Record Key
There are two ways of call recording in server:
Record
:
T
he phone sends SIP INFO message containing a specific header
“Record: on/off”
to trigger a recording.
176

Page 187
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
URL Record
:
T
he phone sends HTTP URL request to trigger
a
recording. Contact your
system administrator for the predefined URL.
Note
Server recording is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__185
The Record and URL Record keys control the recording function, and are available:
__rendered_path__186
During an active call
When calls are on hold or mute
d
During a
blind or attended transfer
During a conference call
When the phone prompts you to answer an incoming call
The Record and URL Record keys are not available when:
T
here are no
t
connected calls on your phone
Y
ou place a new call
Configuring a Record Key
To configure a record key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Record from the Key Type field.
Image_476_0
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_1437_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__182
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Record key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
177

Page 188
User Guide for the SIP
Configuring a
Recording a Call
__rendered_path__5
178
-T46S IP Phone
URL Record Key
To configure a URL record key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select URL Record from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
5. Enter the URL (e.g., http://10.1.2.224/phonerecording.cgi) in the URL Record field.
Image_1440_0
__rendered_path__237
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
URL record key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
To record a call:
1.
Press the record key or URL record key during a call.
If the recording starts successfully, the recording icon will appear on the LCD screen and
the record key or URL record key LED will flash green.
2.
Press the Record or URL Record key again to stop recording.
The recording icon disappears from the LCD screen and the record key or URL record key
LED goes out.
Recording status indicators you need to know:
__rendered_path__210
Circumstance
Icons on the LCD screen
__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__203__rendered_path__210
A recording is started
appears on the LCD screen
__rendered_path__206__rendered_path__207__rendered_path__211
A recording cannot be started
appears for 1 second
__rendered_path__210
A recording cannot be stopped
appears for 1 second, then goes back
__rendered_path__212
The recording box is full
appears for 1 second
__rendered_path__210
The call cannot be recorded
appears for 1 second
__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__210Image_649_0Image_651_0Image_653_0Image_645_0Image_647_0

Page 189
Note
Hot Desking
Note
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
You can listen to the recordings saved on your server system. For example, you can dial an
access code to listen to the recordings.
The way in which you listen to the recordings may be different depending on the server. Contact
your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__178
Hot desking originates from the definition of being the temporary physical occupant of a work
station or surface by a particular employee. A primary motivation for hot desking is cost
reduction. This feature is regularly used in places where not all the employees are in the office at
the same time, or not in the office for very long, which means that actual personal offices would
be often vacant, consuming valuable space and resources.
You can use hot desking on the SIP-T46S IP phone to log out of existing accounts and then log
into a new account. As a result, many users can share the phone resource at different times. To
use this feature, you need to configure a hot desking key in advance.
Hot desking is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__178
To configure a hot desking key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_476_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Hot Desking from the Key Type field.
Image_478_0
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_1442_0
__rendered_path__177
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Hot desking key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
179

Page 190
User Guide for the SIP
Intercom
__rendered_path__5
Note
180
-T46S IP Phone
To use hot desking:
1. Press the hot desking key when the phone is idle.
The LCD screen prompts the following warning:
Image_1444_0
__rendered_path__77
2. Press the OK soft key, registration configurations of all accounts on the phone will be
cleared immediately.
The login wizard will be displayed as below:
Image_1445_0
__rendered_path__77
3. Enter the login information in each field.
4. Press the Save soft key to login or the Back soft key to cancel.
Intercom is a useful feature in an office environment to quickly connect with the operator or the
secretary. You can press the intercom key to automatically connect with a preconfigured target
extension for outgoing intercom calls, and the target extension will automatically answer
incoming intercom calls by default. You can also use intercom key to monitor a specific line for
status changes on the phone.
__rendered_path__79
Intercom is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more information.

Page 191
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Configuring the Intercom Feature on the IP Phone
Configuring an Intercom Key
To configure an intercom key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Intercom from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4. Select the desired line from the Account ID field.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
6. Enter the target extension number in the Value field.
7. (Optional.) Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extension field.
If it is configured, when the target extension receives an incoming call, the supervisor can
press the intercom key to pick up the call directly. Contact your system administrator for
more information.
8. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Image_1447_0
__rendered_path__227
Intercom key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
Incoming Intercom Calls
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports automatically to answer an incoming intercom call by default.
The phone automatically plays a warning tone when it receives an incoming intercom call. In
addition, you can enable the phone to mute the microphone when it automatically answers an
incoming intercom call. You can also enable the phone to automatically answer an incoming
intercom call while there is already an active call on the phone. The active call is then placed on
hold.
Intercom features you need to know:
__rendered_path__200
Intercom Feature
Description
__rendered_path__189__rendered_path__190__rendered_path__200
Intercom
Allow
E
incoming intercom call.
nable or disable the IP phone to automatically
answer an
__rendered_path__196__rendered_path__197__rendered_path__201
Intercom Mute
Enable or disable the IP phone’s microphone for intercom
__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__203__rendered_path__203__rendered_path__203__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__201__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__213__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__201__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__201__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__200__rendered_path__200
181

Page 192
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
182
-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__19
Intercom Feature
Description
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__19
calls.
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__20
Intercom
Tone
E
when
nable or disable
it
receives an incoming intercom call.
the IP phone to
play a
warning tone
__rendered_path__19
Enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an
__rendered_path__21
Intercom Barge
incoming intercom call while there is already an active call
__rendered_path__19
on the phone.
__rendered_path__19
Intercom Allow
__rendered_path__22
You can enable or disable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call. If
__rendered_path__22
Intercom Allow is enabled, the phone will automatically answer an incoming intercom call. If
__rendered_path__22
Intercom Allow is disabled, the phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a normal call
__rendered_path__19
instead of directly rejecting it. Intercom Allow is enabled by default.
__rendered_path__20
Your administrator can set a period of delay time before the phone automatically answers
__rendered_path__19
intercom calls. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__21
Intercom Mute
__rendered_path__19
You can mute or un-mute the phone’s microphone for intercom calls automatically. If Intercom
__rendered_path__25
Mute is enabled, the microphone will be muted for intercom calls. If Intercom Mute is disabled,
__rendered_path__25
the microphone will work for intercom calls. Intercom Mute is disabled by default.
__rendered_path__25
Intercom Tone
__rendered_path__19
You can enable or disable the phone to play a warning tone when receiving an intercom call. If
__rendered_path__20
Intercom Tone is enabled, the phone will play a warning tone before answering the intercom call.
__rendered_path__19
If Intercom Tone is disabled, the phone will automatically answer the intercom call without
__rendered_path__21
warning. Intercom Tone is enabled by default.
__rendered_path__19
Intercom Barge
__rendered_path__42
You can enable or disable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call while
__rendered_path__42
there is already an active call on the phone. If Intercom Barge is enabled, the phone will
__rendered_path__42
automatically answer the intercom call and place the active call on hold. If Intercom Barge is
__rendered_path__19
disabled, the phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a waiting call. Intercom Barge is
__rendered_path__20
disabled by default.
__rendered_path__19
To enable the phone to receive a new incoming call when it has an active call, make sure that call
__rendered_path__21
waiting feature is enabled on the phone in advance. For more information, refer to Call Waiting
__rendered_path__19
on page 144.
__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__122

Page 193
Using
ing
ing
__rendered_path__3
Note
Plac
Pick
Advanced Phone Features
To configure intercom features via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->Intercom.
2. Make the desired changes.
Image_1454_0
__rendered_path__166
3. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Intercom features are configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Intercom.
Intercom
You can use the intercom key in the following ways:
Place a call to the target extension
P
ick up an incoming call
of
the
target extension
To use the intercom key to pick up an incoming call, make sure the intercom subscription feature
is enabled. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__167
an Intercom Call to the Target Extension
To place an intercom call when the target phone is idle:
1. Press the intercom key.
The target extension plays a warning tone and automatically answers the call in the
hands-free (speakerphone) mode by default.
2. To end the intercom call, press the intercom key again or the End Call soft key.
up an Incoming Call of the Target Extension
When the target extension receives an incoming call, the intercom key LED of the target
extension will flash green. If you configure the directed call pickup code in advance, you can pick
up the target extension’s incoming call by pressing the intercom key. You can configure the
directed call pickup code when configuring an intercom key. For more information, refer to
Configuring an Intercom Key on page 181.
183

Page 194
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To pick up an incoming call when the monitored phone is ringing:
1.
Press the intercom key.
The incoming call of the target extension is answered on the IP phone.
Note
If the directed call pickup code is not configured, the phone will place a call to the target
extension instead of picking up an incoming call of the target extension when you press the
intercom key.
__rendered_path__175
Multicast Paging
You can use multicast paging to quickly and easily broadcast time sensitive announcements to
users who are listening to a specific multicast group and a specific channel. You can configure a
multicast paging key or the paging list key on the phone, which allows you to send a Real Time
Transport Protocol (RTP) stream to the pre-configured multicast address(es) and channel(s)
without involving SIP signaling. You can configure the phone to receive an RTP stream from
pre-configured multicast listening address(es) and channel(s) without involving SIP signaling.
You can specify up to 31 multicast listening addresses and channels.
The following describes 31 paging channels:
0
:
You can broadcast audio to channel
0. Note that the Yealink IP phones running old
firmware version (old paging mechanism) can be regarded as listening to channel 0. It is
the default channel.
1 to 25
:
You can broadcast audio to a specific channel. We recommend that you specify
these channels when broadcasting with Polycom IP phones which have 25 channels you
can listen to.
26 to 30
:
You can broadcast audio to a specific channel. We recommend that you specify
these channels when broadcasting with Yealink IP phones running new firmware version
(new paging mechanism).
The IP phones will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls on the different
channel.
Sending RTP Stream
To configure a multicast paging key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_752_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Multicast Paging from the Key Type
Image_476_0
field.
Image_478_0
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
184

Page 195
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
6. Enter the multicast IP address and port number (e.g., 224.5.6.20:10008) in the Value field.
The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
7. Enter the desired channel in the Channel field.
The valid channel ranges from 0 to 30.
Image_1457_0
__rendered_path__181
8. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Multicast paging key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
To configure a paging list key via phone user interface:
1.
Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2.
Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0
3.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4.
Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Paging List from the Key Type field.
Image_476_0Image_478_0
5.
(Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_1458_0
__rendered_path__183
6.
Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Paging list key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
To configure paging list via phone user interface:
1. Press the paging list key when the phone is idle.
If the paging list key is not configured, you can also press
Menu->Features->Others->Paging List to configure the paging list.
Image_738_0
2. Press or to select a desired paging group.
Image_474_0
185

Page 196
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
The default tag is Empty if it is not configured before.
Image_1460_0
__rendered_path__141
3. Press the Option soft key, and then press the Edit soft key from the prompt list.
4. Enter the multicast IP address and port number (e.g., 224.5.6.20:10008) in the Address field.
The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
5. Enter the group name in the Label field.
6. Enter the desired channel in the Channel field.
The valid channel ranges from 0 to 30.
Image_1461_0
__rendered_path__143
7. Press the Save soft key to accept the change.
8. Repeat steps 2 to 7, you can add more paging groups.
Paging list is configurable via web user interface at the path Directory->Multicast IP.
To delete a paging group via phone user interface:
1.
Press the paging list key when the phone is idle.
Image_738_0Image_474_0
2.
Press or to select a desired paging group.
3.
Press the Option soft key, and then select Delete from the prompt list.
186

Page 197
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
The LCD screen prompts “Delete selected paging group?”.
Image_1463_0
__rendered_path__70
4.
Press the OK soft key to accept the change or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
If you want to delete all paging groups, you can press the Delete All soft key.
You can also configure the phone to use a default codec for sending multicast RTP stream via
web user interface.
To configure a default codec for multicast paging via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Select the desired codec from the pull-down list of Multicast Codec.
The default codec is G722.
Image_1464_0
__rendered_path__72
187

Page 198
User Guide for the SIP
Receiving RTP Stream
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
188
-T46S IP Phone
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
If G722 codec is used for multicast paging, the LCD screen will display the icon to indicate
Image_1466_0
that it is providing high definition voice.
Default codec for multicast paging is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__120
You can configure the phone to receive a Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream from the
pre-configured multicast address(es) and channel(s) without involving SIP signaling. You can
specify up to 31 multicast addresses and channels that the phone listens to on the network.
RTP stream is listened in the hands-free (speakerphone) mode by default. If you want to listen the
RTP stream using the engaged audio device (speakerphone, handset or headset), contact your
system administrator for more information.
Fixed volume to play RTP stream for specified paging group is configurable by your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__134
How the phone handles incoming multicast paging calls depends on Paging Barge, Ignore DND
and Paging Priority Active parameters configured via web user interface.
Paging Barge
The paging barge parameter defines the priority of the voice call in progress. If the priority of an
incoming multicast paging call is lower than that of the active call, it will be ignored
automatically. Valid values in the Paging Barge field:
1
to
31
: Define the priority of the active call, 1
with
the highest priority,
31
with
the lowest.
Disabled
: The voice call in progress
will
take precedence over all incoming paging calls.
Ignore DND
The ignore DND parameter defines the lowest priority of multicast listening address from which
the phone can receive an RTP stream when DND is activated. If a priority is selected from the
pull-down list of Ignore DND, the phone will ignore incoming multicast paging calls with lower
priorities when DND is activated in phone mode. Valid values in the Ignore DND field:
1 to 31
:
Define the lowest priority of the multicast listening address from which the phone
can receive an RTP stream, 1 with the highest priority, 31 with the lowest.
Disabled
: All the incoming multicast paging calls will be ignored when DND
is activated in
phone mode.
The phone will automatically answer all incoming multicast paging calls when DND is activated
in custom mode.

Page 199
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Paging Priority Active
The paging priority active parameter decides how the phone handles incoming multicast paging
calls when there is already a multicast paging call on the phone. If enabled, the phone will
ignore incoming multicast paging calls with lower priorities, otherwise, the phone will answer
incoming multicast paging calls automatically and place the previous multicast paging call on
hold. If disabled, the phone will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls.
To configure multicast listening addresses via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Multicast IP.
2. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Paging Barge.
3. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Ignore DND.
4. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Paging Priority Active.
5. Enter the multicast IP address(es) and port number (e.g., 224.5.6.20:10008) which the phone
listens to for incoming RTP multicast in the Listening Address field.
6. (Optional.) Enter the label in the Label field.
Label will appear on the LCD screen when receiving the multicast RTP stream.
7. Select the desired channel to listen from the pull-down list of Channel.
The default channel is 0.
Image_1469_0
__rendered_path__127
8. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
The priorities of listening addresses are predefined: 1 with the highest priority, 31 with the lowest.
Multicast listening addresses are configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__128
189

Page 200
User Guide for the SIP
Using
__rendered_path__5
Note
190
-T46S IP Phone
Multicast Paging
To send RTP stream via a multicast paging key when the receiver’s phone is idle:
1. Press the multicast paging key when the phone is idle.
The phone sends RTP to a preconfigured multicast address (IP: Port).
Both the sender’s and receiver’s phones play a warning tone and the receiver automatically
answers the multicast RTP session in the hands-free (speakerphone) mode.
The multicast paging key LED illuminates solid green.
The following figure shows a multicast RTP session on the phone:
Image_1476_0
__rendered_path__157
2. You can do the following:
To place the current
multicast RTP session on hold
, p
ress the
Hold
soft key
.
The sender’s phone places the multicast RTP session on hold and receiver’s phone
releases the session.
To resume the held multicast RTP session, press the Resume soft key.
The multicast RTP session is established again.
To end the
multicast RTP session
, press
the
End
Call
soft key.
Multicast RTP is one way only from the sender to the multicast address(es) (receiver). For
outgoing RTP multicasts, all other existing calls on the phone will be placed on hold.
__rendered_path__158
To send RTP stream via a paging list key when the receiver’s phone is idle:
1. Press the paging list key when the phone is idle.
Image_472_0
2. Press or to select the desired paging group.
Image_474_0
3. Press or the Paging soft key to send RTP.
Image_736_0
4. Your can do the following:
To place the current
multicast RTP session on hold
, p
ress the
Hold
soft key
.
The sender’s phone places the multicast RTP session on hold and receiver’s phone
releases the session.

Page 201
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
To resume the held multicast RTP session, press the Resume soft key.
The multicast RTP session is established again.
To end the
multicast RTP
session
, press
the
End
Call
soft key.
Music on Hold
Music on hold (MoH) is the business practice of playing recorded music to fill the silence that
would be heard by the party placed on hold. To use this feature, you should specify a SIP URI
pointing to a Music on Hold Server account. When a call is placed on hold, the phone will send a
SIP INVITE message to the Music on Hold Server account. The Music on Hold Server account
automatically answers the SIP INVITE messages and immediately plays audio from some source
located anywhere (LAN, Internet) to the held party. Contact your system administrator for the
SIP URI.
Note
If your server supports the MOH feature, you can also upload the custom music file into it
directly. For more information, contact your service provider.
__rendered_path__114
To configure music on hold server via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3. Enter the SIP URI (e.g., sip:moh@sip.com) in the Music Server URI field.
Image_1478_0
__rendered_path__113
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
191

Page 202
User Guide for the SIP
to
__rendered_path__5
Note
Au
Note
192
-T46S IP Phone
When you place a call on hold, the held party can hear the music.
For this feature to function, all involved parties cannot use encrypted RTP (SRTP).
Music on hold server is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__144
matic Call Distribution (ACD)
ACD is often used in offices for customer service, such as call center. The ACD system handles
large volumes of incoming calls from callers who have no need to talk to a specific person but
who require assistance from any of multiple persons at the earliest opportunity. ACD on the
SIP-T46S IP phone allows the ACD system to distribute large volumes of incoming calls to the
registered ACD users. To use this feature, you should configure an ACD key in advance. For
more information on ACD key icon indicators, refer to Icon Instructions on page 3.
Make sure ACD is enabled on your IP phone. For more information, contact your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__154
To configure an ACD key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_752_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select ACD from the Type field.
Image_478_0
4. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
Image_1482_0
__rendered_path__143
5. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
ACD key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
To log into the ACD system:
1. Press the ACD key when the phone is idle.
The LCD screen prompts you the following information:

Page 203
Note
Note
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
User ID: the identity used to log into the queue.
Password: the password used to log into the queue.
Image_1484_0
__rendered_path__83
2. Press the Login soft key to log in.
Contact your system administrator for the User ID and Password to access the ACD system.
__rendered_path__94
After configuring an ACD key, you can press the ACD key to log into the ACD system. After
logging in, you are ready to receive calls from the ACD system. You can press the ACD key to
show your current ACD user status. You can press the Available/Unavailable soft key to change
your ACD user status. ACD user status synchronizes on both IP phone and ACD system.
When you set the ACD user status to be available, the ACD key LED illuminates solid green, and
then the server begins distributing calls to your IP phone.
When you set the ACD user status to be unavailable, the ACD key LED flashes green, and then
the server temporarily stops distributing calls to your IP phone. To log out of the ACD system,
press the Logout soft key.
It is recommended you configure no more than one ACD key per phone. At any time, at most one
ACD key can be in progress on your phone.
__rendered_path__84
193

Page 204
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
You can use SCA feature to share an extension which can be registered on two or more IP
phones at the same time. The shared line is indicated by a different line icon.
In the following figure, the first line is private and the second line is shared:
Image_1486_0
__rendered_path__65
If two phones share a line, an incoming call to this extension will cause both phones to ring
simultaneously. The incoming call can be answered on either phone but not both.
This feature is very useful in the boss and secretary scenario. For example, the secretary can
share the boss's extension on her phone. When there is an incoming call to the extension of the
boss, both the phones of the boss and the secretary will ring simultaneously. Either the boss or
the secretary can answer the call. Calls on the shared line can be placed on hold, barged in or
retrieved from another shared phone.
194

Page 205
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Configuring SCA Feature on the IP Phone
You can configure a primary account on the IP phone and other alternate accounts on the other
IP phones. In a SCA Hybrid Key System scenario, you can automatically assign multiple DSS keys
with Line type for a registered shared line on the phone (If auto linekeys feature is enabled). For
example, party A, party B share the account 4603, phone A registers the primary account 4603
and assigns line key 1 and line key 2 for the account 4603, phone B registers the alternate
account 4603_1 and assigns line key 1 and line key 2 for the account 4603_1, phone C registers
the account 4604.
Image_1488_0
To configure the auto linekeys feature via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->General Information.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Auto LineKeys.
195

Page 206
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
196
-T46S IP Phone
If Auto LineKeys is enabled, you can automatically assign multiple DSS keys with Line type
for a registered shared line on the phone.
Image_1490_0
__rendered_path__46
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the shared line settings and the number of line key on phone A via web user
interface:
1.
Register the primary account 4603.
Image_1491_0__rendered_path__48

Page 207
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
2.
Click on Advanced, and then select Shared Call Appearance from the pull-down list of
Shared Line.
3.
Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field.
This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled.
The default value is 1. In this example, the value is set to 2.
Image_1493_0
__rendered_path__84
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The phone A will automatically configure the line keys from the first unused DSS key, according
to the configured number in the Number of line key field.
To configure the shared line settings and the number of line key on phone B via web user
interface:
1.
Register the alternate account 4603_1.
197

Page 208
User Guide for the SIP
from the pull
down list of
__rendered_path__5
198
2.
3.
-T46S IP Phone
(Enter the primary account 4603 in the Register Name field.)
Image_1495_0
Click on Advanced, select Shared Call Appearance
__rendered_path__56
Line.
Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field.
This field appears only if Auto Linekeys feature is enabled.
The default value is 1. In this example, the value is set to 2.
-
Shared
Image_1493_0__rendered_path__58

Page 209
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The phone B will automatically configure the line keys from the first unused DSS key, according
to the configured number in the Number of line key field.
Configuring private hold soft key or private hold key
Public hold allows any shared line to retrieve the held call. Private hold only allows the hold
party to retrieve the held call. For example, you can retrieve the held call on either phone A or
phone B when you place a call on public hold; you can retrieve the held call only on phone A
when you place a call on private hold on phone A. By default, the private hold soft key isn’t
displayed on the LCD screen. You need to configure either the private hold soft key or a private
hold key before you place the call on private hold.
To configure the private hold soft key via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Softkey Layout.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Custom Softkey.
3.
Select On Talk from the pull-down list of Call States.
4.
Select PriHold from the Unselected Softkeys column and then click .
Image_915_0
The PriHold appears in the Selected Softkeys column.
Image_1497_0
__rendered_path__172
5.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Configuring the private hold soft key may affect the softkey layout in the Talking state. Contact
your administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__176
To configure a private hold key via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Select the desired DSS key.
Image_476_0
3. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field.
Image_478_0
199

Page 210
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
200
-T46S IP Phone
Image_476_0
4. Press or , or the Switch soft key to select Private Hold from the Key Type field.
Image_1499_0Image_478_0
__rendered_path__111
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
6. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Configuring call pull feature
Call pull feature allows users to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in
active or public hold status.
To configure the call pull feature access code via web user interface:
1.
Click on Account->Advanced.
2.
Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3.
Enter the call pull feature access code (e.g., *11) in the Call Pull Feature Access Code field.
Image_1500_0
__rendered_path__113
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The phone will dial out “*11” automatically when you press the Call Pull soft key.

Page 211
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Using SCA Feature on the IP Phone
This section provides you with detailed information on using the SIP-T46S IP phone in a SCA
Hybrid Key System scenario. In a SCA Hybrid Key System scenario, the status of the line key LED
which associates with a shared line will change. For more information on line key LED indicators,
refer to LED Instructions on page 9.
You can do the following using the IP phone in a SCA Hybrid Key System scenario:
Placing calls
Answering calls
P
lac
ing a
call on hold
Retrieving a held call
Barg
ing
i
n
an active call
Call Pull
Placing Calls
You can have one call or multiple calls on the shared line.
To place a call on the shared line:
Do one of following:
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
-
Enter the desired number using the keypad when the phone is idle. Press , , or
the Send soft key.
The phone will dial the entered number using the first line key.
-
Press the line key when the phone is idle to enter the dialing screen.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
Enter the desired number using the keypad and then press , , or the Send soft
key.
The phone will dial the entered number using the selected line key.
To place multiple calls on the shared line:
You can have more than one call on the shared line. To place a new call when there is an active
call on the line key 1 of phone A, do one of the following on phone A:
Image_1190_0
-
Press or the Hold soft key. The original call is placed on hold.
Press the New Call soft key to enter the dialing screen.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_1183_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Phone A will dial the entered number using the line key 2 automatically.
-
Press the line key. The original call is placed on hold.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
201

Page 212
User Guide for the SIP
Answering
Note
__rendered_path__5
202
-T46S IP Phone
Image_482_0Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Phone A will dial the entered number using the selected line key.
Calls
You can have one call or multiple calls on the shared line. Incoming calls will be distributed
evenly among the available line keys.
To answer a call on the shared line:
When an incoming call arrives on the shared line, the phone A and phone B will ring
simultaneously, and the LED indicators of the line key 1 on both phone A and phone B will flash
green. You can answer the incoming call on either phone A or phone B but not both.
Do one of the following on phone A or phone B:
Image_736_0
-
Press the line key 1, , or the Answer soft key on phone A.
Image_1185_0
The LED indicator of the line key 1 on phone A will illuminate solid green and phone B will
illuminate solid Red.
Image_736_0
-
Press the line key 1, , or the Answer soft key on phone B.
Image_1185_0
The LED indicators of the line key 1 on phone A will illuminate solid red and phone B will
illuminate solid green.
To answer multiple calls on the shared line:
An incoming call arrives on the shared line when there is an active call on phone A’s line key 1.
The LED indicators of the line key 2 on both phone A and phone B will fast flash green. You can
answer the incoming call on either phone A or phone B. The LCD screen of phone A displays the
information of the incoming call (e.g., “Incoming Call: pbx.yealink.com”).
Image_1505_0
__rendered_path__151
Make sure call waiting feature is enabled on phone A. For more information, refer to
Call Waiting on page 144.
__rendered_path__153
Do one of the following on phone A:
__rendered_path__154
-
Press the line key 2. Phone B stops ringing.
-
Press the Answer soft key. Phone B stops ringing.

Page 213
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
-
Press to access the new call.
Image_474_0
Press or the Answer soft key. Phone B stops ringing.
Image_736_0
The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold. The LED indicators of the
line key 1 on phone A will slowly flash green and phone B will slowly flash red indicating that
there is the held call on the line key 1. The LED indicators of the line key 2 on phone A will
illuminate solid green and phone B will illuminate solid red indicating that there is an active call
on the line key 2.
You can also answer the call on phone B. Do one of the following on phone B:
-
Press the line key 2. Phone A stops ringing.
Image_736_0
-
Press or the Answer soft key. Phone A stops ringing.
The LED indicators of the line key 2 on phone A will illuminate solid red and phone B will
illuminate solid green indicating that there is an active call on the line key 2. Meanwhile, The LED
indicators of the line key 1 phone A will illuminate solid green and phone B will illuminate solid
red indicating that there is an active call on the line key 1.
Note
If the number of incoming calls is greater than the configured line keys, the line keys will be used
by sequence circulation.
__rendered_path__201
Placing a Call on Hold
__rendered_path__202
To place a call on public hold:
Image_1233_0
1.
Press or the Hold soft key on phone A when party A and party C are talking.
Image_1510_0
__rendered_path__198
The line key LEDs on phone A slowly flash green and phone B slowly flash red when the
shared line call is placed on hold.
203

Page 214
User Guide for the SIP
Retrieving a
__rendered_path__5
204
-T46S IP Phone
To place a call on private hold:
1.
Press the PriHold soft key or private hold key on phone A when there is an active call on
the shared line (You may need to press the More soft key to see the PriHold soft key).
Image_1512_0
__rendered_path__157
The line key LED flashes green slowly on phone A when the shared line call is placed on
private hold.
Held Call
To retrieve a call placed on public hold:
You can retrieve the public held call on either phone A or phone B.
To retrieve the call on phone A:
Image_1233_0
1.
Press the line key with the slow-flashing green LED indicator, or the Resume soft
key.
The conversation between phone A and phone C is retrieved.
To retrieve the call on phone B:
Do one of the following:
-
Press the line key with the slow-flashing red LED indicator.
-
Long press the desired line key.
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Retrieve soft keys appear on the LCD screen.
Image_1513_0
__rendered_path__157
Press the Retrieve soft key to retrieve the call.

Page 215
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
The conversation is established between phone B and phone C, phone A disconnects the call.
And the line key LEDs on phone A illuminate solid red and phone B illuminate solid green.
To retrieve a call placed on private hold:
The private held call can be only retrieved by the hold party (party A).
Do one of the following:
-
Press the line key with the slow-flashing green LED indicator.
-
Press the Resume soft key on phone A.
Barging In an Active Call
To interrupt the active call on the shared line:
If phone A has only one active call, do the following:
1.
Long press the desired line key on phone B.
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Barge In soft keys appear on the LCD screen of phone
B.
Image_1515_0
__rendered_path__211
2.
Press the Barge In soft key to interrupt the active call of phone A.
Party B will set up a conference call with the other parties in the active call.
Image_1190_0
3.
Press , the Hold or the End Call soft key.
Image_1190_0
-
If any party in the conference call presses or the Hold soft key, two-way voice
can be heard between the remaining parties.
-
If party A or party B presses the End Call soft key, the remaining parties are still
connected. If the other party (not the shared line party) presses the End Call soft key,
the conference call is ended.
You can also press the line key with the solid red LED indicator on phone B to set up a
conference call with the other parties in the active call.
If phone A has more than one call, do the following:
1.
Long press the desired line key on phone B.
205

Page 216
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
The list of calls appears on the LCD screen of phone B.
Image_1517_0
__rendered_path__141
2.
Press or to select the active call.
Image_738_0
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Barge In soft keys appear when the active call is
Image_474_0
highlighted.
Image_1518_0
__rendered_path__141
3.
Press the Barge In soft key to interrupt the active call of phone A.
Party B may hear a warning tone and then set up a conference call with the other parties of
the active call.
Image_1190_0
4.
Press , the Hold or the End Call soft key.
Image_1190_0
-
If any party in the conference call presses , the Hold soft key, two-way voice can
be heard between the remaining parties.
-
If party A or party B presses the End Call soft key, the remaining parties are still
connected. If the other party (not the shared line party) presses the End Call soft key,
the conference call is ended.
Call Pull
Call pull feature allows users to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in
active or hold status. For example, when there is a call between phone A and phone C, you can
use call pull feature on phone B to retrieve this call from phone A. Then the call is established
between phone B and phone C.
To retrieve a call from another shared phone:
If there is an active call between phone A and phone C, do the following:
206

Page 217
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
1.
Long press the desired line key on phone B.
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Barge In soft keys appear on the LCD screen of phone
B.
Image_1515_0
__rendered_path__108
2.
Press the Call Pull soft key.
The active call has been retrieved from the phone A successfully.
If there is a held call between phone A and phone C, do the following:
1.
Long press the desired line key on phone B.
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Retrieve soft keys appear on the LCD screen of phone
B.
Image_1513_0
__rendered_path__108
2.
Press the Call Pull soft key.
The held call has been retrieved from the phone A successfully.
Bridged Lines Appearance (BLA)
BLA allows users to share a SIP line on two or more IP phones. Users can monitor the specific
extension (BLA number) for status changes on each IP phone. To use this feature, a BLA group
should be pre-configured on the server and one of them is specified as a BLA number. BLA
depends on support from a SIP server.
207

Page 218
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
In the following figure, the first line is private and the second line is shared:
Image_1521_0
__rendered_path__46
Any IP phone can be used to originate or receive calls on the bridged line. An incoming call to
the BLA number can be presented to multiple phones in the group simultaneously. The
incoming call can be answered on any IP phone of the group but not all.
Configuring BLA Feature on the IP Phone
You can share a BLA number on two or more phones. For example, phone A registers the
account 14019833020 and assigns BLA number, phone B registers the account 10462190020
and assigns BLA number, phone C registers the account 14755608020. Phone A and phone B
share the BLA number 14084588327.
Image_1522_0
208

Page 219
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
To register an account and configure BLA feature on phone A via web user interface:
1.
Register the account 14019833020.
Image_1524_0
__rendered_path__64
2.
Click on Advanced, and then select Draft BLA from the pull-down list of Shared Line.
3.
Enter the desired number in the BLA Number field.
Image_1525_0
__rendered_path__66
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
209

Page 220
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To register an account and configure BLA feature on phone B via web user interface:
1.
Register the account 10462190020.
2.
Click on Advanced, and then select Draft BLA from the pull-down list of Shared Line.
3.
Enter the desired number in the BLA Number field.
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
210
Image_1527_0
__rendered_path__61Image_1525_0__rendered_path__63

Page 221
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Using BLA Feature on the IP Phone
This section provides you with detailed information on using the SIP-T46S IP phone in a BLA
scenario. In a BLA scenario, the status of the line key LED which associates with a bridged line
will change. For more information on line key LED indicators, refer to Icon Instructions on page
3.
You can do the following using the IP phone in a BLA scenario:
Placing calls
Answering calls
Place a call on hold
Retrieving a held call
Placing Calls
You can have one call or multiple calls on the bridged line.
To place a call on the bridged line:
Do one of following:
Image_1531_0Image_876_0
-
Enter the desired number using the keypad when the phone is idle. Press , , or
the Send soft key.
The phone will dial the entered number.
-
Press the line key when the phone is idle to enter the dialing screen.
Image_1531_0Image_876_0
Enter the desired number using the keypad and then press , , or the Send soft
key.
The phone will dial the entered number.
To place multiple calls on the bridged line:
You can have more than one call on the bridged line. To place a new call where there is an active
call on phone A, do one of the following on the phone A:
Image_1190_0
-
Press or the Hold soft key. The original call is placed on hold.
Press the New Call soft key to enter the dialing screen.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_1531_0
Phone A will dial the entered number.
-
Press the line key. The original call is placed on hold.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_876_0
Press , , or the Send soft key.
Image_1531_0
Phone A will dial the entered number.
211

Page 222
User Guide for the SIP
Answering
lac
Retrieving a
__rendered_path__5
P
212
-T46S IP Phone
Calls
When the phone C dials the BLA number “14084588327”, an incoming call will arrive on the
bridged lines. The phone A and phone B ring simultaneously and the LED indicators of the line
key on both phone A and phone B will flash green. You can answer the incoming call on either
phone A or phone B but not both.
Do one of the following on phone A or phone B:
Image_1183_0
-
Press , or the Answer soft key on phone A.
Image_1185_0
Phone B stops ringing. The LED indicator of the line key on the phone A will illuminate solid
green. At the meanwhile, the LED indicator of the line key on the phone B will illuminate
solid red indicating that there is an active call on the phone A.
Image_1183_0
-
Press , or the Answer soft key on phone B.
Image_1185_0
Phone A stops ringing. The LED indicator of the line key on the phone B will illuminate solid
green. At the meanwhile, the LED indicator of the line key on the phone A will illuminate
solid red indicating that there is an active call on the phone B.
ing a Call on Hold
To place a call on hold:
Image_1233_0
1.
Press or the Hold soft key on phone A when party A and party C are talking.
The line key LEDs on phone A slowly flash green and phone B slowly flash red when the
bridged line call is placed on hold.
Held Call
If there is a held call between phone A and phone C, you can retrieve a held call on either phone
A or phone B.
To retrieve the held call on phone A:
Image_1233_0
1.
Press the line key with the slow-flashing green LED indicator, or the Resume soft key
on the phone A.
The conversation between phone A and phone C is retrieved.
To retrieve the held call on phone B:
1.
Press the line key with the slow-flashing red LED indicator on phone B.
The conversation is established between phone B and phone C, phone A disconnects the
call.

Page 223
Messages
Short Message Service (SMS)
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Advanced Phone Features
You can send and receive text messages using the SIP-T46S IP phone. New text messages can
be indicated both acoustically and visually. When receiving a new text message, the phone will
play a warning tone. The power indicator LED will slowly flash red, and the LCD screen will
prompt “n New Text Message(s)” (“n” indicates the number of unread text messages. e.g., 1 New
Image_1537_0
Text Message(s)) and an icon .
Image_1535_0
When the phone receives a text message, the text message prompt window will pop up by
default, if you want to disable the feature, contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__93
You can store text messages in your phone’s Inbox, Sentbox, Outbox or Draftbox. Each of the
boxes can store up to 100 text messages. If the number of the text messages in one box is more
than 100, the phone will directly delete the oldest text message in the box.
SMS is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__89
To read a text message:
1. Press Menu->Message->Text Message->Inbox.
Image_1536_0
__rendered_path__88
213

Page 224
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
214
-T46S IP Phone
2. Select the desired message and then press the View soft key.
If the phone prompts receiving new text messages, you can also press the View soft key to read
the new messages directly.
__rendered_path__147
To send a text message:
1. Press Menu->Message->Text Message->New Message.
2. Compose the new text message.
You can press the abc soft key to change the input mode.
Image_1540_0
__rendered_path__145
3. Press the Send soft key.
Image_1542_0
4. (Optional.) Press or , or the Switch soft key to select the desired account from the
Image_478_0
From field.
5. Enter the number you want to send the message to in the To field.
6. Press the Send soft key to send the message or the Back soft key to cancel.
Sending a text message is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->SMS.
To reply a text message:
1. Press Menu->Message->Text Message->Inbox.
2. Select the desired message and then press the Reply soft key.
3. Compose the new text message. You can press the abc soft key to change the input mode.
Image_1541_0
__rendered_path__145
4. Press the Send soft key after completing the content.

Page 225
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
5. Check the From and To fields, and then press the Send soft key.
To delete a text message:
1. Press Menu->Message->Text Message->Inbox (Sentbox, Outbox or Draftbox).
2. Select the desired message and then press the Option soft key.
3. Select Delete to delete the desired message, then press OK.
The LCD screen prompts "Delete the selected message?".
Image_1545_0
__rendered_path__148
4. Press the OK soft key to delete this message or the Cancel soft key to cancel.
You can also delete all text messages by pressing the Option soft key and then select Delete All.
For more information, refer to the above steps.
Note
You can also delete a specific message by pressing the Delete soft key after viewing.
__rendered_path__151
Voice Mail
You can leave voice mails for someone else using the SIP-T46S IP phone. You can also listen to
voice mails that are stored in a voice mailbox. This feature is set up on the server side. It is not
available on all servers.
When receiving a new voice mail, the phone will play a warning tone. The power indicator LED
will slowly flash red, and the LCD screen will prompt n New Voice Mail(s)” (“n” indicates the
Image_495_0
number of unread voice messages, e.g., 2 New Voice Mail(s)) and an icon .
Image_1546_0
__rendered_path__148
215

Page 226
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
Note
216
-T46S IP Phone
If the voice mail pop-up message box disappears, it won't pop up again unless the user receives
a new voice mail or the user re-registers the account that has unread voice mail(s).
You can configure the phone not to display the pop-up prompt, contact your system
administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__146
To leave a voice mail:
You can leave a voice mail for someone else when he/she is busy or inconvenient to answer the
call. Follow the voice prompt from the system server to leave a voice mail, and then hang up.
To configure voice mail access codes via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Message->Voice Mail->Set Voice Mail Code.
2. Press the navigation keys to highlight the account which you want to set.
3. Press the 123 soft key to select the proper input mode and then enter the voice mail access
code (e.g., *4).
Image_1548_0
__rendered_path__145
4. Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel.
Voice mail access codes must be predefined on the system server. Contact your system
administrator for the more information.
__rendered_path__152
To listen to voice mails:
1. When the LCD screen prompts that the phone receives a new voice mail and the power
Image_1549_0
indicator LED slowly flashes red, you can press or the Connect soft key to dial out the
voice mail access code.
2. Follow the voice prompt to listen to your voice mails.
Before listening to voice mails, make sure the voice mail access code has been configured.
When all new voice mails are retrieved, the power indicator LED will go out.
__rendered_path__159

Page 227
Message Waiting Indica
Note
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
To view the voice mail via phone user interface:
1. Press Menu->Message->Voice Mail->View Voice Mail.
The LCD screen displays the amount of new and old voice mails.
Image_1552_0
__rendered_path__133
2. Select an account and then press the Connect soft key to listen to voice mails.
tor (MWI)
The SIP-T46S IP phone supports MWI when receiving a new voice message. If someone leaves
you a voice mail, you will receive a message waiting indicator. MWI will be indicated in three
ways: a warning tone, an indicator message (including a voice mail icon) on the LCD screen, and
the power indicator LED slowly flashes red. This will be cleared when you retrieve all voice mails
or delete them.
The MWI service is unsolicited for some servers, so the SIP-T46S IP phone only handles the MWI
messages sent from the server. But for other servers, the MWI service is solicited, so the
SIP-T46S IP phone must enable subscription for MWI.
MWI service is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__134
217

Page 228
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
218
-T46S IP Phone
The MWI subscription parameters you need to know:
__rendered_path__21
Options
Description
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__21
Subscribe for MWI
Enable or disable a subscription for MWI service.
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__22
MWI Subscription Period
Period of MWI subscription.
SUBSCRIBE request before initial SUBSCRIBE expiration
The
IP
phone
sends a refresh
.
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__21
Enable or disable a subscription to the voice mail number
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__23
Subscribe MWI To Voice
for MWI service.
__rendered_path__21
Mail
To use this feature, you should also configure the voice
__rendered_path__21
mail number.
__rendered_path__24
The phone will send SUBSCRIBE messages for the MWI service to the account or the voice
__rendered_path__24
number MWI service depending on the server. Contact your system administrator for more
__rendered_path__24
information.
__rendered_path__21
To configure subscribe for MWI via web user interface:
__rendered_path__22
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
__rendered_path__21
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
__rendered_path__23
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Subscribe for MWI.
__rendered_path__21
4. Enter the period time in the MWI Subscription Period(Seconds) field.
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__24
5. Click Confirm to accept the change.
__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21Image_1554_0__rendered_path__140__rendered_path__141
The IP phone will subscribe to the account number for MWI service by default.

Page 229
Note
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
To enable subscribe MWI to voice mail via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Subscribe for MWI.
4. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail.
5. Enter the desired voice mail number in the Voice Mail field.
Image_1556_0
__rendered_path__97
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
The IP phone will subscribe to the voice mail number for MWI service using Subscribe MWI
To Voice Mail.
MWI subscription is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__98
219

Page 230
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
220

Page 231
Regulatory Notices
__rendered_path__3
Regulatory Notices
__rendered_path__114
Service Agreements
Contact your Yealink Authorized Reseller for information about service agreements applicable
to your product.
Limitations of Liability
TO THE FULL EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, YEALINK EXCLUDES FOR ITSELF AND ITS SUPPLIERS
ANY LIABILITY, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), FOR
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR
FOR LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF INFORMATION OR DATA, OR
OTHER FINANCIAL LOSS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE, INSTALLATION,
MAINTENANCE, USE, PERFORMANCE, FAILURE, OR INTERRUPTION OF ITS PRODUCTS, EVEN IF
YEALINK OR ITS AUTHORIZED RESELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES, AND LIMITS ITS LIABILITY TO REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, OR REFUND OF THE
PURCHASE RICE PAID, AT YEALINK’S OPTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES
WILL NOT BE AFFECTED IF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL FAIL OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE.
Safety Instructions
Save these instructions. Read these safety instructions before use!
The following basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire,
electrical shock, and other personal injury.
General Requirements
__rendered_path__115
Before you install and use the device, read the safety instructions carefully and
observe the situation during operation.
During the process of storage, transportation, and operation, please always keep
the device dry and clean.
During
the process of storage, transportation, and operation, please avoid collision
and crash of the device.
Please do not attempt to dismantle the device by yourself.
In case of any
discrepancy, please contact the appointed maintenance center for repair.
Without prior written consent, no organization or individual is permitted to make
any change to the structure or the safety design of the device. Yealink is under no
circumstances liable to consequences or legal issues caused by such changes.
Please refer
to the relevant laws and statutes while using the device. Legal rights of
others should also be respected as well.
Environmental Requirements
__rendered_path__116
Place the device at a well
-
ventilated place. Do not expose the device under direct
sunlight.
Keep
the device dry
and free of dust
.
Place the device on a stable and level platform.
221

Page 232
User Guide for the SIP
Operating Requirements
Cleaning Requirements
__rendered_path__5
__rendered_path__152
__rendered_path__152
222
-T46S IP Phone
Please do not place heavy objects on the device in case of damageand deformation
caused by the heavy load.
Keep at least 10 cm between the device and the closest object for heat dissipation.
Do not place the device on or near any inflammable or fire-vulnerable object, such
as rubber-made materials.
Keep the device away from any heat source or bare fire, such as a candle or an
electric heater.
Keep the device away from any household appliance with a strong magnetic field or
electromagnetic field, such as a microwave oven or a refrigerator.
Do not let a child operate the device without guidance.
Do not let a child play with the device or any accessory in case of accidental
swallowing.
Please only use the accessories provided or authorized by the manufacturer.
The power supply of the device must meet the requirements of the input voltage of
the device. Please use the provided surge protection power socket only.
Before plugging or unplugging any cable, make sure that your hands are
completely dry.
Do not spill liquid of any kind on the product or use the equipment near water, for
example, near a bathtub, washbowl, kitchen sink, wet basement or near a swimming
pool.
Do not tread on, pull, or over-bend any cable in case of malfunction of the device.
During a thunderstorm, stop using the device and disconnect it from the power
supply. Unplug the power plug and the Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)
twisted pair (the radio frequency cable) to avoid lightning strike.
If the device is left unused for a rather long time, disconnect it from the power
supply and unplug the power plug.
When there is smoke emitted from the device, or some abnormal noise or smell,
disconnect the device from the power supply, and unplug the power plug
immediately. Contact the specified maintenance center for repair.
Do not insert any object into equipment slots that is not part of the product or
auxiliary product.
Before connecting a cable, connect the grounding cable of the device first. Do not
disconnect the grounding cable until you have disconnected all other cables.
Before cleaning the device, stop using it and disconnect it from the power supply.
Use a piece of soft, dry and anti-static cloth to clean the device.
Keep the power plug clean and dry. Using a dirty or wet power plug may lead to
electric shock or other perils.

Page 233
Appendix
Time Zones
__rendered_path__3
Appendix A
Time Zone
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__24
-11
__rendered_path__24
-10
__rendered_path__27
-9:30
__rendered_path__24
-9
__rendered_path__27
-8
__rendered_path__24
-7
__rendered_path__27
-6
__rendered_path__24
-5
__rendered_path__55
-4:30
__rendered_path__24
-4
__rendered_path__27
-3:30
__rendered_path__24
-3
__rendered_path__75
-2:30
__rendered_path__24
-2
__rendered_path__75
-1
__rendered_path__24
0
__rendered_path__75
+1
__rendered_path__24
+2
__rendered_path__75
+3
__rendered_path__24
+3:30
__rendered_path__27
+4
__rendered_path__24
+4:30
__rendered_path__163
+5
__rendered_path__24
+5:30
__rendered_path__27
+5:45
__rendered_path__24
+6
__rendered_path__75
+6:30
__rendered_path__24
+7
__rendered_path__55
+8
__rendered_path__24
+8:45
Appendix
__rendered_path__350
Time Zone Name
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__25
Samoa
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__24
United States-Hawaii-Aleutian, United States-Alaska-Aleutian
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__26
French Polynesia
__rendered_path__24
United States-Alaska Time
__rendered_path__24
Canada(Vancouver,Whitehorse), Mexico(Tijuana,Mexicali), United
__rendered_path__27
States-Pacific Time
__rendered_path__27
Canada(Edmonton,Calgary), Mexico(Mazatlan,Chihuahua), United
__rendered_path__25
States-MST no DST, United States-Mountain Time
__rendered_path__24
Canada-Manitoba(Winnipeg), Chile(Easter Islands), Mexico(Mexico
__rendered_path__26
City,Acapulco), United States-Central Time
__rendered_path__24
Bahamas(Nassau), Canada(Montreal,Ottawa,Quebec), Cuba(Havana),
__rendered_path__27
United States-Eastern Time
__rendered_path__27
Venezuela(Caracas)
__rendered_path__25
Canada(Halifax,Saint John), Chile(Santiago), Paraguay(Asuncion),
__rendered_path__24
United Kingdom-Bermuda(Bermuda), United Kingdom(Falkland
__rendered_path__26
Islands), Trinidad&Tobago
__rendered_path__24
Canada-New Foundland(St.Johns)
__rendered_path__27
Argentina(Buenos Aires), Brazil(DST), Brazil(no DST),
__rendered_path__27
Denmark-Greenland(Nuuk)
__rendered_path__25
Newfoundland and Labrador
__rendered_path__24
Brazil(no DST)
__rendered_path__26
Portugal(Azores)
__rendered_path__24
Denmark-Faroe Islands(Torshavn), GMT, Greenland, Ireland(Dublin),
__rendered_path__55
Morocco, Portugal(Lisboa,Porto,Funchal), Spain-Canary Islands(Las
__rendered_path__55
Palmas), United Kingdom(London)
__rendered_path__25
Albania(Tirane), Austria(Vienna), Belgium(Brussels),
__rendered_path__24
Caicos, Chad, Croatia(Zagreb), Czech Republic(Prague),
__rendered_path__26
Denmark(Kopenhagen), France(Paris), Germany(Berlin),
__rendered_path__24
Hungary(Budapest), Italy(Rome), Luxembourg(Luxembourg),
__rendered_path__27
Macedonia(Skopje), Namibia(Windhoek), Netherlands(Amsterdam),
__rendered_path__27
Spain(Madrid)
__rendered_path__25
Estonia(Tallinn), Finland(Helsinki), Gaza Strip(Gaza), Greece(Athens),
__rendered_path__24
Israel(Tel Aviv), Jordan(Amman), Latvia(Riga), Lebanon(Beirut),
__rendered_path__26
Moldova(Kishinev), Romania(Bucharest), Russia(Kaliningrad),
__rendered_path__24
Syria(Damascus), Turkey(Ankara), Ukraine(Kyiv, Odessa)
__rendered_path__75
East Africa Time, Iraq(Baghdad), Russia(Moscow)
__rendered_path__75
Iran(Teheran)
__rendered_path__25
Armenia(Yerevan), Azerbaijan(Baku), Georgia(Tbilisi),
__rendered_path__24
Kazakhstan(Aktau), Russia(Samara)
__rendered_path__26
Afghanistan(Kabul)
__rendered_path__24
Kazakhstan(Aqtobe), Kyrgyzstan(Bishkek), Pakistan(Islamabad),
__rendered_path__75
Russia(Chelyabinsk)
__rendered_path__75
India(Calcutta)
__rendered_path__25
Nepal(Katmandu)
__rendered_path__24
Kazakhstan(Astana, Almaty), Russia(Novosibirsk,Omsk)
__rendered_path__26
Myanmar(Naypyitaw)
__rendered_path__24
Russia(Krasnoyarsk), Thailand(Bangkok)
__rendered_path__75
Australia(Perth), China(Beijing), Russia(Irkutsk, Ulan-Ude),
__rendered_path__75
Singapore(Singapore)
__rendered_path__25
Eucla
__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__225__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__234__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24
223

Page 234
User Guide for the SIP
T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
224
-
Time Zone
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__16
+9
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__16
+9:30
__rendered_path__17
+10
__rendered_path__19
+10:30
__rendered_path__16
+11
__rendered_path__17
+11:30
__rendered_path__29
+12
__rendered_path__16
+12:45
__rendered_path__17
+13
__rendered_path__29
+13:30
__rendered_path__16
+14
Time Zone Name
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__16
Japan(Tokyo), Korea(Seoul), Russia(Yakutsk,Chita)
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__18
Australia(Adelaide), Australia(Darwin)
__rendered_path__16
Australia(Brisbane), Australia(Hobart),
__rendered_path__16
Australia(Sydney,Melboume,Canberra), Russia(Vladivostok)
__rendered_path__19
Australia(Lord Howe Islands)
__rendered_path__19
New Caledonia(Noumea), Russia(Srednekolymsk Time)
__rendered_path__16
Norfolk Island
__rendered_path__18
New Zealand(Wellington,Auckland), Russia(Kamchatka Time)
__rendered_path__16
New Zealand(Chatham Islands)
__rendered_path__29
Tonga(Nukualofa)
__rendered_path__29
Chatham Islands
__rendered_path__16
Kiribati
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16

Page 235
__rendered_path__3
Appendix B Menu Structure
Appendix
Image_1564_0
225

Page 236
User Guide for the SIP-T46S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
226

Page 237
__rendered_path__3
Index
A
About This Guide v
Accessing the Remote Phone Book 77
Account Management 103
Account Registration 103
Activating the Bluetooth Mode 85
Activating the Wi-Fi Mode 29
Adding a Contact to the Local
Directory/Blacklist 79
Adding Contacts 64
Adding Groups 61
Administrator password 50
Advanced Phone Features 161
Anonymous Call 158
Anonymous Call Rejection 159
Answering Calls 118
Appendix A Time Zones 223
Area Code 110
Attended Transfer 144
Audio Settings 55
Auto Answer 121
Auto Redial 122
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) 192
B
Backlight 41
Basic Call Features 115
Basic Network Settings 26
Blacklist 74
Blind Transfer 142
BLF List 168
Block Out 111
Bluetooth Headset 84
Bridged Lines Appearance (BLA) 207
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) 161
C
Call Completion 123
Call Forward 132
Call History Management 78
Call Hold/Resume 126
Call Mute 125
Call Park/Retrieve 148
Call Pickup 153
Call Recording 170
Call Transfer 141
Call Waiting 144
CE Mark Warning vi
Conference 145
Configuring a Record Key 177
Configuring a URL Record Key 178
Configuring an Access URL 76
Configuring an Intercom Key 181
Configuring BLA Feature on the IP Phone 208
Index
__rendered_path__463
Configuring SCA Feature on the IP Phone
195
Configuring the Intercom Feature on the IP
Phone 181
Connecting to the Wired Network 24
Connecting to the Wireless Network 29
Contact Management 58
Contrast 47
Copyright vi
Customizing Your Phone 39
D
Deactivating the Bluetooth Mode 89
Deactivating the Wi-Fi Mode 34
Declaration of Conformity vi
Deleting Contacts 67
Deleting Groups 63
Deleting History Records 79
Deleting the Paired Bluetooth Headset 88
Dial Now 108
Dial Plan 106
Directory 59
Disabling History Record 80
Disconnecting the Bluetooth Headset 88
Disconnecting the Wireless Network
Connection 33
Do Not Disturb (DND) 128
Documentation 15
DSS Keys 89
Dual Headset 83
Dynamic Forwarding 141
E
Editing Contacts 66
Editing Groups 62
Editing Device Information 87
Emergency Number 112
Ending Calls 119
Entering Data and Editing Fields 36
F
Feature Status Icons 3
G
General Settings 39
Getting Started 17
H
Hardware Component Instructions 1
Headset Mode Activation/Deactivation 82
227

Page 238
T46S IP Phone
72
Manually Add a Wireless Network
Manually Connect to an Available Wireless
217
105
Pairing and Connecting the Bluetooth Headset
User Guide for the SIP-
__rendered_path__5
Headset Prior 83
Headset Use 82
Hotline 113
Hot Desking 179
I
Icon Instructions 3
Idle Screen 35
Importing/Exporting Contact lists
In This Guide v
Incoming Intercom Calls 181
Intercom 180
K
Key As Send 51
Key Tone 58
L
Label Length 92
Language 47
LED Instructions 5
Limitation of Liability 221
Line Key Icons 4
Line Keys 89
Line Key Features 94
Live Dialpad 113
Local Conference 145
Local Directory 61
M
Network 30
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI)
Messages 213
Multicast Paging 183
Multiple Line Keys per Account
Music on Hold 191
Muting a Call 126
Muting While Dialing 126
N
Network Conference 147
Network Connection 23
O
Optional Accessories 18
Other Icons 8
Overview 1
P
Packaging Contents 17
85
228
32
Phone Initialization 23
Phone Installation 20
Phone Lock 52
Phone Status 25
Phone User Interface 12
Picking up an Incoming Call of the Target
Extension 183
Placing a Call from History Records 79
Placing an Intercom Call to the Target Extension
183
Placing Calls 115
Placing Calls to Contacts 70
Power Saving 43
Programable Keys 101
R
ReCall 125
Receiving RTP Stream 188
Recent Call In Dialing 119
Recording a Call 178
Recording Using USB Flash Drive 171
Recording Using a Record Key 176
Redialing Numbers 119
Registration 28
Regulatory Notices 221
Remote Phone Book 76
Replace Rule 107
Ring Tones 56
S
Safety Instructions 221
Search Source List in Dialing 80
Searching for Contacts 71
Semi-attended Transfer 143
Sending RTP Stream 184
Service Agreements 221
Screen Saver 41
Short Message Service (SMS) 213
Shared Call Appearance (SCA) 194
Static Forwarding 133
System Customizations 80
T
Table of Contents vii
Time & Date 48
U
User Interfaces 11
Using BLA Features on the IP Phone 211
Using Intercom 183
Using Multicast Paging 190
Using SCA Features on the IP Phone 201
V
Viewing History Records 78
Viewing the Bluetooth Headset Information
87

Page 239
__rendered_path__3
Viewing the Wireless Network Information
32
Voice Mail 215
Volume 55
W
Warranty vi
Wallpaper 39
Web User Interface 12
WEEE Warning vii
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) 31
Wireless Network Settings 28
Index
229